]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - bfd/elfxx-mips.c
* configure.in: Define NEW_PROC_API on Interix too.
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elfxx-mips.c
CommitLineData
b49e97c9
TS
1/* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 <ian@cygnus.com>.
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11
12This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13
14This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17(at your option) any later version.
18
19This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22GNU General Public License for more details.
23
24You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
27
28/* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
29
30#include "bfd.h"
31#include "sysdep.h"
32#include "libbfd.h"
33#include "elf-bfd.h"
34#include "elfxx-mips.h"
35#include "elf/mips.h"
36
37/* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
38#include "coff/sym.h"
39#include "coff/symconst.h"
40#include "coff/ecoff.h"
41#include "coff/mips.h"
42
43/* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. It
44 is stored in the tdata field of the bfd_elf_section_data structure. */
45
46struct mips_got_info
47{
48 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
49 symbol table. */
50 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
51 /* The number of global .got entries. */
52 unsigned int global_gotno;
53 /* The number of local .got entries. */
54 unsigned int local_gotno;
55 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
56 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
57};
58
59/* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
60 the dynamic symbols. */
61
62struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
63{
64 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
65 index. */
66 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
67 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
68 with a GOT entry. */
69 long min_got_dynindx;
70 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
71 symbol without a GOT entry. */
72 long max_non_got_dynindx;
73};
74
75/* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
76 the global hash table. */
77
78struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
79{
80 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
81
82 /* External symbol information. */
83 EXTR esym;
84
85 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
86 this symbol. */
87 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
88
89 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
90 a readonly section. */
91 boolean readonly_reloc;
92
93 /* The index of the first dynamic relocation (in the .rel.dyn
94 section) against this symbol. */
95 unsigned int min_dyn_reloc_index;
96
97 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
98 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
99 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
100 p. 4-20. */
101 boolean no_fn_stub;
102
103 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
104 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
105 asection *fn_stub;
106
107 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
108 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
109 boolean need_fn_stub;
110
111 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
112 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
113 asection *call_stub;
114
115 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
116 being called returns a floating point value. */
117 asection *call_fp_stub;
7c5fcef7
L
118
119 /* Are we forced local? .*/
120 boolean forced_local;
b49e97c9
TS
121};
122
123/* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
124
125struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
126{
127 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
128#if 0
129 /* We no longer use this. */
130 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
131 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
132#endif
133 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
134 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
135 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
136 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
137 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
8dc1a139 138 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
b49e97c9
TS
139 boolean use_rld_obj_head;
140 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
141 bfd_vma rld_value;
142 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
143 boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
144};
145
146/* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
147
148struct extsym_info
149{
150 bfd *abfd;
151 struct bfd_link_info *info;
152 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
153 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
154 boolean failed;
155};
156
8dc1a139 157/* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
b49e97c9
TS
158
159static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
160{
161 "_procedure_table",
162 "_procedure_string_table",
163 "_procedure_table_size",
164 NULL
165};
166
167/* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
8dc1a139 168 IRIX5. */
b49e97c9
TS
169
170typedef struct
171{
172 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
173 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
174 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
175 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
176 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
177 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
178} Elf32_compact_rel;
179
180typedef struct
181{
182 bfd_byte id1[4];
183 bfd_byte num[4];
184 bfd_byte id2[4];
185 bfd_byte offset[4];
186 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
187 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
188} Elf32_External_compact_rel;
189
190typedef struct
191{
192 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
193 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
194 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
195 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
196 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
197 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
198} Elf32_crinfo;
199
200typedef struct
201{
202 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
203 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
204 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
205 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
206 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
207} Elf32_crinfo2;
208
209typedef struct
210{
211 bfd_byte info[4];
212 bfd_byte konst[4];
213 bfd_byte vaddr[4];
214} Elf32_External_crinfo;
215
216typedef struct
217{
218 bfd_byte info[4];
219 bfd_byte konst[4];
220} Elf32_External_crinfo2;
221
222/* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
223
224#define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
225#define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
226#define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
227#define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
228#define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
229#define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
230#define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
231#define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
232
233/* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
234 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
235 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
236#define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
237#define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
238
239/* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
240 has different meaning for each type:
241
242 (type) (konst)
243 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
244 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
245 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
246 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
247 */
248
249#define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
250#define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
251#define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
252#define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
253
254#define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
255#define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
256#define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
257#define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
258\f
259/* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
260 loader for use by the static exception system. */
261
262typedef struct runtime_pdr {
263 bfd_vma adr; /* memory address of start of procedure */
264 long regmask; /* save register mask */
265 long regoffset; /* save register offset */
266 long fregmask; /* save floating point register mask */
267 long fregoffset; /* save floating point register offset */
268 long frameoffset; /* frame size */
269 short framereg; /* frame pointer register */
270 short pcreg; /* offset or reg of return pc */
271 long irpss; /* index into the runtime string table */
272 long reserved;
273 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* pointer to exception array */
274} RPDR, *pRPDR;
275#define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
276#define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
277\f
278static struct bfd_hash_entry *mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
279 PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
280static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
281 PARAMS ((bfd *, const RPDR *, struct rpdr_ext *));
282static boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
283 PARAMS ((PTR, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
284 struct ecoff_debug_info *));
285static boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
286 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
287static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
288 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_External_gptab *, Elf32_gptab *));
289static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
290 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_gptab *, Elf32_External_gptab *));
291static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
292 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_compact_rel *, Elf32_External_compact_rel *));
293static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
294 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_crinfo *, Elf32_External_crinfo *));
295#if 0
296static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in
297 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_External_Msym *, Elf32_Internal_Msym *));
298#endif
299static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
300 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_Internal_Msym *, Elf32_External_Msym *));
301static int sort_dynamic_relocs
302 PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
303static boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
304 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
305static int gptab_compare PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
306static asection * mips_elf_got_section PARAMS ((bfd *));
307static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_info
308 PARAMS ((bfd *, asection **));
309static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
310 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma));
311static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
312 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *));
313static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
314 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma *));
315static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
316 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, boolean));
317static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
318 PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, bfd_vma));
319static bfd_vma mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
320 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *, bfd_vma));
321static boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
322 PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, unsigned long));
323static boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
324 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
325static boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
326 PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, struct bfd_link_info *,
327 struct mips_got_info *));
328static const Elf_Internal_Rela *mips_elf_next_relocation
329 PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
330 const Elf_Internal_Rela *));
331static boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
332 PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, asection **, boolean));
333static bfd_vma mips_elf_sign_extend PARAMS ((bfd_vma, int));
334static boolean mips_elf_overflow_p PARAMS ((bfd_vma, int));
335static bfd_vma mips_elf_high PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
336static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
337static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
338static boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
339 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
340static boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
341 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
342static asection *mips_elf_create_msym_section
343 PARAMS ((bfd *));
344static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
345 PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, asection *, struct bfd_link_info *,
346 const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, reloc_howto_type *,
347 Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **, bfd_vma *, const char **,
bce03d3d 348 boolean *, boolean));
b49e97c9
TS
349static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
350 PARAMS ((reloc_howto_type *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd *, bfd_byte *));
351static boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
352 PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, reloc_howto_type *,
353 const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
354 boolean));
355static boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
356 PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
357static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
358 PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int));
359static boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
360 PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
361 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *,
362 bfd_vma, bfd_vma *, asection *));
363static INLINE int elf_mips_isa PARAMS ((flagword));
364static INLINE char* elf_mips_abi_name PARAMS ((bfd *));
365static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
366 PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym *));
00707a0e 367static boolean _bfd_mips_elf_mach_extends_p PARAMS ((flagword, flagword));
b49e97c9
TS
368
369/* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
370static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
371
372/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
373
374#define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
375 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
376
4a14403c 377/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
b49e97c9 378#define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
141ff970 379 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
b49e97c9 380
4a14403c
TS
381/* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
382#define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
383
384/* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
b49e97c9
TS
385#define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
386 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
387
b49e97c9
TS
388/* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
389#define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
390 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
391
392/* The name of the options section. */
393#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
4a14403c 394 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
b49e97c9
TS
395
396/* The name of the stub section. */
397#define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
4a14403c 398 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.stubs" : ".stub")
b49e97c9
TS
399
400/* The size of an external REL relocation. */
401#define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
402 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
403
404/* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
405#define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
406 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
407
408/* The size of a GOT entry. */
409#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
410 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
411
412/* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
413#define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
414 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
415
416/* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
417#define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
418 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->file_align == 8 ? 3 : 2)
419
420/* Get word-sized data. */
421#define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
422 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
423
424/* Put out word-sized data. */
425#define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
426 (ABI_64_P (abfd) \
427 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
428 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
429
430/* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
431#ifdef BFD64
432#define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
433 (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \
434 ? bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val) \
435 : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
436#else
437#define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
438 (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \
439 ? (boolean) (abort (), false) \
440 : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
441#endif
442
443#define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
444 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
445
446/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
447 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
448#define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
449
450/* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
451#define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
452
453/* Instructions which appear in a stub. For some reason the stub is
454 slightly different on an SGI system. */
455#define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x7ff0 : 0x8000)
456#define STUB_LW(abfd) \
457 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) \
458 ? (ABI_64_P (abfd) \
459 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
460 : 0x8f998010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
461 : 0x8f998010) /* lw t9,0x8000(gp) */
462#define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
463 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x03e07825 : 0x03e07821) /* move t7,ra */
464#define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jal t9 */
465#define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
466 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x34180000 : 0x24180000) /* ori t8,zero,0 */
467#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
468
469/* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
470 section. */
471
472#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
473 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
474 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
475 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
476
477#ifdef BFD64
478#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
479 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
480#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
481 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
482#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
483 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
484#else
485#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
486 (ELF32_R_SYM (i))
487#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
488 (ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
489#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
490 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
491#endif
492\f
493 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
494 floating point arguments.
495
496 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
497 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
498 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
499 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
500 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
501 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
502 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
503 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
504
505 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
506 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
507 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
508 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
509 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
510 stub should be discarded.
511
512 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
513 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
514 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
515 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
516 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
517 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
518 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
519 $f0/$f1 and $2/$3.)
520
521 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
522 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
523 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
524
525 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
526
527#define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
528#define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
529#define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
530\f
531/* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
532
533#define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
534 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
535 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
536 (copy), (follow)))
537
538/* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
539
540#define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
541 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
542 (&(table)->root, \
543 (boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func), \
544 (info)))
545
546/* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
547
548#define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
549 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
550
551/* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
552
553static struct bfd_hash_entry *
554mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
555 struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
556 struct bfd_hash_table *table;
557 const char *string;
558{
559 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
560 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
561
562 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
563 subclass. */
564 if (ret == (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
565 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
566 bfd_hash_allocate (table,
567 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry)));
568 if (ret == (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
569 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
570
571 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
572 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
573 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
574 table, string));
575 if (ret != (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
576 {
577 /* Set local fields. */
578 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
579 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
580 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
581 ret->esym.ifd = -2;
582 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
583 ret->readonly_reloc = false;
584 ret->min_dyn_reloc_index = 0;
585 ret->no_fn_stub = false;
586 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
587 ret->need_fn_stub = false;
588 ret->call_stub = NULL;
589 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
7c5fcef7 590 ret->forced_local = false;
b49e97c9
TS
591 }
592
593 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
594}
595\f
596/* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
597 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
598
599boolean
600_bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, section, debug)
601 bfd *abfd;
602 asection *section;
603 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
604{
605 HDRR *symhdr;
606 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
607 char *ext_hdr = NULL;
608
609 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
610 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
611
612 ext_hdr = (char *) bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
613 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
614 goto error_return;
615
82e51918
AM
616 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, (file_ptr) 0,
617 swap->external_hdr_size))
b49e97c9
TS
618 goto error_return;
619
620 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
621 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
622
623 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
624 read. */
625#define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
626 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
627 debug->ptr = NULL; \
628 else \
629 { \
630 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
631 debug->ptr = (type) bfd_malloc (amt); \
632 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
633 goto error_return; \
634 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
635 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
636 goto error_return; \
637 }
638
639 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
640 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, PTR);
641 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, PTR);
642 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, PTR);
643 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, PTR);
644 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
645 union aux_ext *);
646 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
647 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
648 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, PTR);
649 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, PTR);
650 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, PTR);
651#undef READ
652
653 debug->fdr = NULL;
654 debug->adjust = NULL;
655
656 return true;
657
658 error_return:
659 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
660 free (ext_hdr);
661 if (debug->line != NULL)
662 free (debug->line);
663 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
664 free (debug->external_dnr);
665 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
666 free (debug->external_pdr);
667 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
668 free (debug->external_sym);
669 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
670 free (debug->external_opt);
671 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
672 free (debug->external_aux);
673 if (debug->ss != NULL)
674 free (debug->ss);
675 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
676 free (debug->ssext);
677 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
678 free (debug->external_fdr);
679 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
680 free (debug->external_rfd);
681 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
682 free (debug->external_ext);
683 return false;
684}
685\f
686/* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
687
688static void
689ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, in, ex)
690 bfd *abfd;
691 const RPDR *in;
692 struct rpdr_ext *ex;
693{
694 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
695 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
696 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
697 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
698 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
699 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
700
701 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
702 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
703
704 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
705#if 0 /* FIXME */
706 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->exception_info, ex->p_exception_info);
707#endif
708}
709
710/* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
711
712static boolean
713mips_elf_create_procedure_table (handle, abfd, info, s, debug)
714 PTR handle;
715 bfd *abfd;
716 struct bfd_link_info *info;
717 asection *s;
718 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
719{
720 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
721 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
722 RPDR *rpdr, *rp;
723 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
724 PTR rtproc;
725 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
726 struct sym_ext *esym;
727 char *ss, **sv;
728 char *str;
729 bfd_size_type size;
730 bfd_size_type count;
731 unsigned long sindex;
732 unsigned long i;
733 PDR pdr;
734 SYMR sym;
735 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
736
737 epdr = NULL;
738 rpdr = NULL;
739 esym = NULL;
740 ss = NULL;
741 sv = NULL;
742
743 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
744
745 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
746 count = hdr->ipdMax;
747 if (count > 0)
748 {
749 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
750
751 epdr = (struct pdr_ext *) bfd_malloc (size * count);
752 if (epdr == NULL)
753 goto error_return;
754
755 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (PTR) epdr))
756 goto error_return;
757
758 size = sizeof (RPDR);
759 rp = rpdr = (RPDR *) bfd_malloc (size * count);
760 if (rpdr == NULL)
761 goto error_return;
762
763 size = sizeof (char *);
764 sv = (char **) bfd_malloc (size * count);
765 if (sv == NULL)
766 goto error_return;
767
768 count = hdr->isymMax;
769 size = swap->external_sym_size;
770 esym = (struct sym_ext *) bfd_malloc (size * count);
771 if (esym == NULL)
772 goto error_return;
773
774 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (PTR) esym))
775 goto error_return;
776
777 count = hdr->issMax;
778 ss = (char *) bfd_malloc (count);
779 if (ss == NULL)
780 goto error_return;
781 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (PTR) ss))
782 goto error_return;
783
784 count = hdr->ipdMax;
785 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
786 {
787 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, (PTR) (epdr + i), &pdr);
788 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, (PTR) &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
789 rp->adr = sym.value;
790 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
791 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
792 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
793 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
794 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
795 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
796 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
797 rp->irpss = sindex;
798 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
799 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
800 }
801 }
802
803 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
804 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
805 rtproc = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
806 if (rtproc == NULL)
807 {
808 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
809 goto error_return;
810 }
811
812 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
813
814 erp = (struct rpdr_ext *) rtproc;
815 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
816 erp++;
817 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
818 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
819 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
820 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
821 {
822 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
823 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
824 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
825 }
826 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
827
828 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
829 s->_raw_size = size;
830 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) rtproc;
831
832 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
833 matters, but someday it might). */
834 s->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
835
836 if (epdr != NULL)
837 free (epdr);
838 if (rpdr != NULL)
839 free (rpdr);
840 if (esym != NULL)
841 free (esym);
842 if (ss != NULL)
843 free (ss);
844 if (sv != NULL)
845 free (sv);
846
847 return true;
848
849 error_return:
850 if (epdr != NULL)
851 free (epdr);
852 if (rpdr != NULL)
853 free (rpdr);
854 if (esym != NULL)
855 free (esym);
856 if (ss != NULL)
857 free (ss);
858 if (sv != NULL)
859 free (sv);
860 return false;
861}
862
863/* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
864 discard them. */
865
866static boolean
867mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (h, data)
868 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
869 PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
870{
871 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
872 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
873
874 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
875 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
876 {
877 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
878 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
879 being included in the link. */
880 h->fn_stub->_raw_size = 0;
881 h->fn_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
882 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
883 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
884 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
885 }
886
887 if (h->call_stub != NULL
888 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
889 {
890 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
891 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
892 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
893 h->call_stub->_raw_size = 0;
894 h->call_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
895 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
896 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
897 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
898 }
899
900 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
901 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
902 {
903 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
904 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
905 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
906 h->call_fp_stub->_raw_size = 0;
907 h->call_fp_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
908 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
909 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
910 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
911 }
912
913 return true;
914}
915\f
916bfd_reloc_status_type
917_bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section,
918 relocateable, data, gp)
919 bfd *abfd;
920 asymbol *symbol;
921 arelent *reloc_entry;
922 asection *input_section;
923 boolean relocateable;
924 PTR data;
925 bfd_vma gp;
926{
927 bfd_vma relocation;
928 unsigned long insn;
929 unsigned long val;
930
931 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
932 relocation = 0;
933 else
934 relocation = symbol->value;
935
936 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
937 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
938
939 if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
940 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
941
942 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
943
944 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
945 if (reloc_entry->howto->src_mask == 0)
946 {
947 /* This case occurs with the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
948 val = reloc_entry->addend;
949 }
950 else
951 {
952 val = ((insn & 0xffff) + reloc_entry->addend) & 0xffff;
953 if (val & 0x8000)
954 val -= 0x10000;
955 }
956
957 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
958 are producing relocateable output, we don't want to do this for
959 an external symbol. */
960 if (! relocateable
961 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
962 val += relocation - gp;
963
964 insn = (insn & ~0xffff) | (val & 0xffff);
965 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
966
967 if (relocateable)
968 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
969
970 else if ((long) val >= 0x8000 || (long) val < -0x8000)
971 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
972
973 return bfd_reloc_ok;
974}
975\f
976/* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
977 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
978
979static void
980bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (abfd, ex, in)
981 bfd *abfd;
982 const Elf32_External_gptab *ex;
983 Elf32_gptab *in;
984{
985 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
986 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
987}
988
989static void
990bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, in, ex)
991 bfd *abfd;
992 const Elf32_gptab *in;
993 Elf32_External_gptab *ex;
994{
995 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
996 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
997}
998
999static void
1000bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (abfd, in, ex)
1001 bfd *abfd;
1002 const Elf32_compact_rel *in;
1003 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex;
1004{
1005 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
1006 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
1007 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
1008 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
1009 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
1010 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
1011}
1012
1013static void
1014bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (abfd, in, ex)
1015 bfd *abfd;
1016 const Elf32_crinfo *in;
1017 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex;
1018{
1019 unsigned long l;
1020
1021 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
1022 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
1023 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
1024 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
1025 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
1026 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
1027 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
1028}
1029
1030#if 0
1031/* Swap in an MSYM entry. */
1032
1033static void
1034bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in (abfd, ex, in)
1035 bfd *abfd;
1036 const Elf32_External_Msym *ex;
1037 Elf32_Internal_Msym *in;
1038{
1039 in->ms_hash_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ms_hash_value);
1040 in->ms_info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ms_info);
1041}
1042#endif
1043/* Swap out an MSYM entry. */
1044
1045static void
1046bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out (abfd, in, ex)
1047 bfd *abfd;
1048 const Elf32_Internal_Msym *in;
1049 Elf32_External_Msym *ex;
1050{
1051 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ms_hash_value, ex->ms_hash_value);
1052 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ms_info, ex->ms_info);
1053}
1054\f
1055/* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1056 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1057 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1058
1059void
1060bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, ex, in)
1061 bfd *abfd;
1062 const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex;
1063 Elf32_RegInfo *in;
1064{
1065 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1066 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1067 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1068 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1069 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1070 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1071}
1072
1073void
1074bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, in, ex)
1075 bfd *abfd;
1076 const Elf32_RegInfo *in;
1077 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex;
1078{
1079 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1080 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1081 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1082 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1083 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1084 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1085}
1086
1087/* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1088 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1089 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1090 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1091 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1092
1093void
1094bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, ex, in)
1095 bfd *abfd;
1096 const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex;
1097 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in;
1098{
1099 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
1100 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
1101 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1102 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1103 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1104 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1105 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
1106}
1107
1108void
1109bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, in, ex)
1110 bfd *abfd;
1111 const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in;
1112 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex;
1113{
1114 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
1115 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
1116 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
1117 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
1118 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
1119 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
1120 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
1121}
1122
1123/* Swap in an options header. */
1124
1125void
1126bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, ex, in)
1127 bfd *abfd;
1128 const Elf_External_Options *ex;
1129 Elf_Internal_Options *in;
1130{
1131 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
1132 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
1133 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
1134 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
1135}
1136
1137/* Swap out an options header. */
1138
1139void
1140bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (abfd, in, ex)
1141 bfd *abfd;
1142 const Elf_Internal_Options *in;
1143 Elf_External_Options *ex;
1144{
1145 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
1146 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
1147 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
1148 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
1149}
1150\f
1151/* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1152 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1153
1154static int
1155sort_dynamic_relocs (arg1, arg2)
1156 const PTR arg1;
1157 const PTR arg2;
1158{
1159 const Elf32_External_Rel *ext_reloc1 = (const Elf32_External_Rel *) arg1;
1160 const Elf32_External_Rel *ext_reloc2 = (const Elf32_External_Rel *) arg2;
1161
1162 Elf_Internal_Rel int_reloc1;
1163 Elf_Internal_Rel int_reloc2;
1164
1165 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, ext_reloc1, &int_reloc1);
1166 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, ext_reloc2, &int_reloc2);
1167
1168 return (ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info));
1169}
1170
1171/* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1172 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1173 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1174 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1175 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1176 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1177 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1178 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1179 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1180 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1181 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1182 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1183 when generating a final executable. */
1184
1185static boolean
1186mips_elf_output_extsym (h, data)
1187 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
1188 PTR data;
1189{
1190 struct extsym_info *einfo = (struct extsym_info *) data;
1191 boolean strip;
1192 asection *sec, *output_section;
1193
1194 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1195 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1196
1197 if (h->root.indx == -2)
1198 strip = false;
1199 else if (((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
1200 || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
1201 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0
1202 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)
1203 strip = true;
1204 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
1205 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
1206 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
1207 h->root.root.root.string,
1208 false, false) == NULL))
1209 strip = true;
1210 else
1211 strip = false;
1212
1213 if (strip)
1214 return true;
1215
1216 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
1217 {
1218 h->esym.jmptbl = 0;
1219 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
1220 h->esym.weakext = 0;
1221 h->esym.reserved = 0;
1222 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
1223 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1224 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
1225
1226 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
1227 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
1228 {
1229 const char *name;
1230
1231 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1232 special symbols. */
1233 name = h->root.root.root.string;
1234 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
1235 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
1236 {
1237 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1238 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1239 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1240 }
1241 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
1242 {
1243 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1244 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1245 h->esym.asym.value =
1246 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
1247 }
4a14403c 1248 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
b49e97c9
TS
1249 {
1250 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1251 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
1252 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
1253 }
1254 else
1255 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1256 }
1257 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
1258 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1259 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1260 else
1261 {
1262 const char *name;
1263
1264 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1265 output_section = sec->output_section;
1266
1267 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1268 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1269 if (output_section == NULL)
1270 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
1271 else
1272 {
1273 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
1274
1275 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
1276 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
1277 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
1278 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
1279 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
1280 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
1281 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
1282 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
1283 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
1284 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
1285 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1286 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
1287 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1288 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
1289 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
1290 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
1291 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
1292 else
1293 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
1294 }
1295 }
1296
1297 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
1298 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
1299 }
1300
1301 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
1302 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
1303 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1304 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1305 {
1306 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
1307 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
1308 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
1309 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
1310
1311 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1312 output_section = sec->output_section;
1313 if (output_section != NULL)
1314 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
1315 + sec->output_offset
1316 + output_section->vma);
1317 else
1318 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1319 }
1320 else if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
1321 {
1322 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
1323 boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub;
1324
1325 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1326 {
1327 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
1328 no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub;
1329 }
1330
1331 if (!no_fn_stub)
1332 {
1333 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1334 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
1335 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
1336 if (sec == NULL)
1337 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1338 else
1339 {
1340 output_section = sec->output_section;
1341 if (output_section != NULL)
1342 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
1343 + sec->output_offset
1344 + output_section->vma);
1345 else
1346 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
1347 }
1348#if 0 /* FIXME? */
1349 h->esym.ifd = 0;
1350#endif
1351 }
1352 }
1353
1354 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
1355 h->root.root.root.string,
1356 &h->esym))
1357 {
1358 einfo->failed = true;
1359 return false;
1360 }
1361
1362 return true;
1363}
1364
1365/* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1366
1367static int
1368gptab_compare (p1, p2)
1369 const PTR p1;
1370 const PTR p2;
1371{
1372 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = (const Elf32_gptab *) p1;
1373 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = (const Elf32_gptab *) p2;
1374
1375 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
1376}
1377\f
1378/* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1379
1380static asection *
1381mips_elf_got_section (abfd)
1382 bfd *abfd;
1383{
1384 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1385}
1386
1387/* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1388 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1389 section. */
1390
1391static struct mips_got_info *
1392mips_elf_got_info (abfd, sgotp)
1393 bfd *abfd;
1394 asection **sgotp;
1395{
1396 asection *sgot;
1397 struct mips_got_info *g;
1398
1399 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd);
1400 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
1401 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
1402 g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (sgot)->tdata;
1403 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
1404
1405 if (sgotp)
1406 *sgotp = sgot;
1407 return g;
1408}
1409
1410/* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1411 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1412 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1413
1414static bfd_vma
1415mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, info, value)
1416 bfd *abfd;
1417 struct bfd_link_info *info;
1418 bfd_vma value;
1419{
1420 asection *sgot;
1421 struct mips_got_info *g;
1422 bfd_byte *entry;
1423
1424 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1425
1426 /* Look to see if we already have an appropriate entry. */
1427 for (entry = (sgot->contents
1428 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO);
1429 entry != sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno;
1430 entry += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
1431 {
1432 bfd_vma address = MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD (abfd, entry);
1433 if (address == value)
1434 return entry - sgot->contents;
1435 }
1436
1437 return mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, g, sgot, value);
1438}
1439
1440/* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1441
1442static bfd_vma
1443mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd, h)
1444 bfd *abfd;
1445 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
1446{
1447 bfd_vma index;
1448 asection *sgot;
1449 struct mips_got_info *g;
d0c7ff07 1450 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
b49e97c9
TS
1451
1452 g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot);
d0c7ff07
TS
1453 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
1454 global_got_dynindx = g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
b49e97c9
TS
1455
1456 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1457 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1458 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1459 offset. */
d0c7ff07
TS
1460 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
1461 index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
b49e97c9
TS
1462 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
1463 BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->_raw_size);
1464
1465 return index;
1466}
1467
1468/* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1469 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1470 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1471 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1472 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1473
1474static bfd_vma
1475mips_elf_got_page (abfd, info, value, offsetp)
1476 bfd *abfd;
1477 struct bfd_link_info *info;
1478 bfd_vma value;
1479 bfd_vma *offsetp;
1480{
1481 asection *sgot;
1482 struct mips_got_info *g;
1483 bfd_byte *entry;
1484 bfd_byte *last_entry;
1485 bfd_vma index = 0;
1486 bfd_vma address;
1487
1488 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1489
44c410de 1490 /* Look to see if we already have an appropriate entry. */
b49e97c9
TS
1491 last_entry = sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno;
1492 for (entry = (sgot->contents
1493 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO);
1494 entry != last_entry;
1495 entry += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
1496 {
1497 address = MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD (abfd, entry);
1498
1499 if (!mips_elf_overflow_p (value - address, 16))
1500 {
1501 /* This entry will serve as the page pointer. We can add a
1502 16-bit number to it to get the actual address. */
1503 index = entry - sgot->contents;
1504 break;
1505 }
1506 }
1507
1508 /* If we didn't have an appropriate entry, we create one now. */
1509 if (entry == last_entry)
1510 index = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, g, sgot, value);
1511
1512 if (offsetp)
1513 {
1514 address = MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD (abfd, entry);
1515 *offsetp = value - address;
1516 }
1517
1518 return index;
1519}
1520
1521/* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1522 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1523
1524static bfd_vma
1525mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, info, value, external)
1526 bfd *abfd;
1527 struct bfd_link_info *info;
1528 bfd_vma value;
1529 boolean external;
1530{
1531 asection *sgot;
1532 struct mips_got_info *g;
1533 bfd_byte *entry;
1534 bfd_byte *last_entry;
1535 bfd_vma index = 0;
1536 bfd_vma address;
1537
1538 if (! external)
1539 {
1540 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1541 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1542 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1543 HI16/LO16 pair. */
1544 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
1545 }
1546
1547 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
1548
1549 /* Look to see if we already have an appropriate entry. */
1550 last_entry = sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno;
1551 for (entry = (sgot->contents
1552 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO);
1553 entry != last_entry;
1554 entry += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
1555 {
1556 address = MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD (abfd, entry);
1557 if (address == value)
1558 {
1559 /* This entry has the right high-order 16 bits, and the low-order
1560 16 bits are set to zero. */
1561 index = entry - sgot->contents;
1562 break;
1563 }
1564 }
1565
1566 /* If we didn't have an appropriate entry, we create one now. */
1567 if (entry == last_entry)
1568 index = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, g, sgot, value);
1569
1570 return index;
1571}
1572
1573/* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1574 in the GOT. */
1575
1576static bfd_vma
1577mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, output_bfd, index)
1578 bfd *dynobj;
1579 bfd *output_bfd;
1580 bfd_vma index;
1581{
1582 asection *sgot;
1583 bfd_vma gp;
1584
1585 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj);
1586 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
1587 return (sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index -
1588 gp);
1589}
1590
1591/* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1592 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1593
1594static bfd_vma
1595mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, g, sgot, value)
1596 bfd *abfd;
1597 struct mips_got_info *g;
1598 asection *sgot;
1599 bfd_vma value;
1600{
1601 if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno)
1602 {
1603 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
1604 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1605 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
1606 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1607 return (bfd_vma) -1;
1608 }
1609
1610 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
1611 (sgot->contents
1612 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno));
1613 return MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
1614}
1615
1616/* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
1617 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
1618 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
1619 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
1620 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
1621 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
1622
1623static boolean
1624mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, max_local)
1625 struct bfd_link_info *info;
1626 unsigned long max_local;
1627{
1628 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
1629 struct mips_got_info *g;
1630 bfd *dynobj;
1631
1632 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
1633
1634 hsd.low = NULL;
1635 hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount;
1636 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local;
1637 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
1638 elf_hash_table (info)),
1639 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
1640 &hsd);
1641
1642 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
44c410de 1643 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
b49e97c9
TS
1644 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
1645
1646 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
1647 table index in the GOT. */
1648 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
1649 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
1650
1651 return true;
1652}
1653
1654/* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
1655 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
1656 index. */
1657
1658static boolean
1659mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (h, data)
1660 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
1661 PTR data;
1662{
1663 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd
1664 = (struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *) data;
1665
1666 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1667 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1668
1669 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
1670 at all. */
1671 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
1672 return true;
1673
1674 if (h->root.got.offset != 1)
1675 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
1676 else
1677 {
1678 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
1679 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
1680 }
1681
1682 return true;
1683}
1684
1685/* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
1686 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
1687 posterity. */
1688
1689static boolean
1690mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, info, g)
1691 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
1692 struct bfd_link_info *info;
1693 struct mips_got_info *g ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1694{
1695 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
1696 table. */
7c5fcef7
L
1697 if (h->dynindx == -1)
1698 {
1699 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
1700 {
1701 case STV_INTERNAL:
1702 case STV_HIDDEN:
1703 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, true);
1704 break;
1705 }
1706 if (!bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
1707 return false;
1708 }
b49e97c9
TS
1709
1710 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
1711 need to do it again. */
1712 if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE)
1713 return true;
1714
1715 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
1716 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
1717 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
1718 h->got.offset = 1;
1719
1720 return true;
1721}
1722\f
1723/* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
1724 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
1725
1726static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
1727mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, r_type, relocation, relend)
1728 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1729 unsigned int r_type;
1730 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
1731 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
1732{
1733 /* According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must be
1734 immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
1735 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
1736 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
1737 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
1738 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
1739 while (relocation < relend)
1740 {
1741 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type)
1742 return relocation;
1743
1744 ++relocation;
1745 }
1746
1747 /* We didn't find it. */
1748 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1749 return NULL;
1750}
1751
1752/* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
1753
1754static boolean
1755mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, local_sections,
1756 check_forced)
1757 bfd *input_bfd;
1758 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
1759 asection **local_sections;
1760 boolean check_forced;
1761{
1762 unsigned long r_symndx;
1763 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
1764 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
1765 size_t extsymoff;
1766
1767 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
1768 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
1769 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1770
1771 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
1772 return true;
1773 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
1774 return true;
1775
1776 if (check_forced)
1777 {
1778 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
1779 was forced local. */
1780 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
1781 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
1782 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
1783 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
1784 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
1785 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
1786 if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0)
1787 return true;
1788 }
1789
1790 return false;
1791}
1792\f
1793/* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
1794
1795static bfd_vma
1796mips_elf_sign_extend (value, bits)
1797 bfd_vma value;
1798 int bits;
1799{
1800 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
1801 /* VALUE is negative. */
1802 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
1803
1804 return value;
1805}
1806
1807/* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
1808 range expressable by a signed number with the indicated number of
1809 BITS. */
1810
1811static boolean
1812mips_elf_overflow_p (value, bits)
1813 bfd_vma value;
1814 int bits;
1815{
1816 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
1817
1818 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
1819 /* The value is too big. */
1820 return true;
1821 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
1822 /* The value is too small. */
1823 return true;
1824
1825 /* All is well. */
1826 return false;
1827}
1828
1829/* Calculate the %high function. */
1830
1831static bfd_vma
1832mips_elf_high (value)
1833 bfd_vma value;
1834{
1835 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
1836}
1837
1838/* Calculate the %higher function. */
1839
1840static bfd_vma
1841mips_elf_higher (value)
1842 bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1843{
1844#ifdef BFD64
1845 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
1846#else
1847 abort ();
1848 return (bfd_vma) -1;
1849#endif
1850}
1851
1852/* Calculate the %highest function. */
1853
1854static bfd_vma
1855mips_elf_highest (value)
1856 bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1857{
1858#ifdef BFD64
1859 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x800080008000) >> 48) & 0xffff;
1860#else
1861 abort ();
1862 return (bfd_vma) -1;
1863#endif
1864}
1865\f
1866/* Create the .compact_rel section. */
1867
1868static boolean
1869mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info)
1870 bfd *abfd;
1871 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1872{
1873 flagword flags;
1874 register asection *s;
1875
1876 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
1877 {
1878 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1879 | SEC_READONLY);
1880
1881 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".compact_rel");
1882 if (s == NULL
1883 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
1884 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
1885 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
1886 return false;
1887
1888 s->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
1889 }
1890
1891 return true;
1892}
1893
1894/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
1895
1896static boolean
1897mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info)
1898 bfd *abfd;
1899 struct bfd_link_info *info;
1900{
1901 flagword flags;
1902 register asection *s;
1903 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
14a793b2 1904 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
b49e97c9
TS
1905 struct mips_got_info *g;
1906 bfd_size_type amt;
1907
1908 /* This function may be called more than once. */
1909 if (mips_elf_got_section (abfd))
1910 return true;
1911
1912 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
1913 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
1914
1915 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got");
1916 if (s == NULL
1917 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
1918 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
1919 return false;
1920
1921 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
1922 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
1923 are not creating a global offset table. */
14a793b2 1924 bh = NULL;
b49e97c9
TS
1925 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1926 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
1927 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
14a793b2 1928 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
b49e97c9 1929 return false;
14a793b2
AM
1930
1931 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
b49e97c9
TS
1932 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
1933 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
1934 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
1935
1936 if (info->shared
1937 && ! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
1938 return false;
1939
1940 /* The first several global offset table entries are reserved. */
1941 s->_raw_size = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
1942
1943 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
1944 g = (struct mips_got_info *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1945 if (g == NULL)
1946 return false;
1947 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
1948 g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
1949 g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
1950 if (elf_section_data (s) == NULL)
1951 {
1952 amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
1953 s->used_by_bfd = (PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1954 if (elf_section_data (s) == NULL)
1955 return false;
1956 }
1957 elf_section_data (s)->tdata = (PTR) g;
1958 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags
1959 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
1960
1961 return true;
1962}
1963
1964/* Returns the .msym section for ABFD, creating it if it does not
1965 already exist. Returns NULL to indicate error. */
1966
1967static asection *
1968mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd)
1969 bfd *abfd;
1970{
1971 asection *s;
1972
1973 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".msym");
1974 if (!s)
1975 {
1976 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".msym");
1977 if (!s
1978 || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s,
1979 SEC_ALLOC
1980 | SEC_LOAD
1981 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
1982 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1983 | SEC_READONLY)
1984 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
1985 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
1986 return NULL;
1987 }
1988
1989 return s;
1990}
1991\f
1992/* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
1993 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
1994 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
1995
1996 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
1997 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
1998 relocation must be JALX.
1999
2000 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2001 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2002 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2003 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2004
2005static bfd_reloc_status_type
2006mips_elf_calculate_relocation (abfd, input_bfd, input_section, info,
2007 relocation, addend, howto, local_syms,
2008 local_sections, valuep, namep,
bce03d3d 2009 require_jalxp, save_addend)
b49e97c9
TS
2010 bfd *abfd;
2011 bfd *input_bfd;
2012 asection *input_section;
2013 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2014 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
2015 bfd_vma addend;
2016 reloc_howto_type *howto;
2017 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
2018 asection **local_sections;
2019 bfd_vma *valuep;
2020 const char **namep;
2021 boolean *require_jalxp;
bce03d3d 2022 boolean save_addend;
b49e97c9
TS
2023{
2024 /* The eventual value we will return. */
2025 bfd_vma value;
2026 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
2027 occurring. */
2028 bfd_vma symbol = 0;
2029 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
2030 shared object file being produced. */
2031 bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE;
2032 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
2033 relocated. */
2034 bfd_vma p;
2035 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
2036 bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE;
2037 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
2038 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
2039 during execution. */
2040 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
2041 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
2042 located. */
2043 asection *sec = NULL;
2044 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
2045 /* True if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
2046 symbol. */
bce03d3d 2047 boolean local_p, was_local_p;
b49e97c9
TS
2048 /* True if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
2049 boolean gp_disp_p = false;
2050 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2051 size_t extsymoff;
2052 unsigned long r_symndx;
2053 int r_type;
2054 /* True if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
2055 relocation value. */
2056 boolean overflowed_p;
2057 /* True if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
2058 boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = false;
2059
2060 /* Parse the relocation. */
2061 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
2062 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
2063 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
2064 + input_section->output_offset
2065 + relocation->r_offset);
2066
2067 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
2068 overflowed_p = false;
2069
2070 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
2071 used in the array of hash table entries. */
2072 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
2073 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
2074 local_sections, false);
bce03d3d 2075 was_local_p = local_p;
b49e97c9
TS
2076 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
2077 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2078 else
2079 {
2080 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
2081 must come before globals. */
2082 extsymoff = 0;
2083 }
2084
2085 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
2086 if (local_p)
2087 {
2088 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
2089
2090 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
2091 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
2092
2093 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
d4df96e6
L
2094 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
2095 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
b49e97c9 2096 symbol += sym->st_value;
d4df96e6
L
2097 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
2098 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
2099 {
2100 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
2101 addend -= symbol;
2102 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
2103 }
b49e97c9
TS
2104
2105 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
2106 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
2107 ++symbol;
2108
2109 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
2110 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
2111 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
2112 sym->st_name);
2113 if (*namep == '\0')
2114 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
2115
2116 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16);
2117 }
2118 else
2119 {
2120 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
2121 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
2122 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
2123 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2124 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2125 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2126 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
2127
2128 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
2129 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
2130
2131 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
2132 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
2133 if (strcmp (h->root.root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0
2134 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
2135 {
2136 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
2137 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
2138 if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16)
2139 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
2140
2141 gp_disp_p = true;
2142 }
2143 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
2144 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
2145 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
2146 its defined. */
2147 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2148 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2149 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
2150 {
2151 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2152 if (sec->output_section)
2153 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
2154 + sec->output_section->vma
2155 + sec->output_offset);
2156 else
2157 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
2158 }
2159 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2160 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
2161 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
2162 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
2163 addresses. */
2164 symbol = 0;
2165 else if (info->shared
2166 && (!info->symbolic || info->allow_shlib_undefined)
2167 && !info->no_undefined
2168 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
2169 symbol = 0;
2170 else if (strcmp (h->root.root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
2171 strcmp (h->root.root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
2172 {
2173 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
2174 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
2175 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
2176 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
2177 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
2178 somehow as well. */
2179 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
2180 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
2181 symbol = 0;
2182 }
2183 else
2184 {
2185 if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
2186 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
2187 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
2188 (!info->shared || info->no_undefined
2189 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))))
2190 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
2191 symbol = 0;
2192 }
2193
2194 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16);
2195 }
2196
2197 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
2198 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
2199 a stub. */
2200 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocateable
2201 && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL)
2202 || (local_p && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
2203 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
2204 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section))
2205 {
2206 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
2207 have already noticed that we were going to need the
2208 stub. */
2209 if (local_p)
2210 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
2211 else
2212 {
2213 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
2214 sec = h->fn_stub;
2215 }
2216
2217 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
2218 }
2219 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
2220 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
2221 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocateable
2222 && h != NULL
2223 && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
2224 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
2225 {
2226 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
2227 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
2228 file. */
2229 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
2230 {
2231 asection *o;
2232
2233 sec = NULL;
2234 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
2235 {
2236 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o),
2237 CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
2238 {
2239 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
2240 break;
2241 }
2242 }
2243 if (sec == NULL)
2244 sec = h->call_stub;
2245 }
2246 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
2247 sec = h->call_stub;
2248 else
2249 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
2250
2251 BFD_ASSERT (sec->_raw_size > 0);
2252 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
2253 }
2254
2255 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
2256 special jalx instruction. */
2257 *require_jalxp = (!info->relocateable
2258 && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
2259 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
2260
2261 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
2262 local_sections, true);
2263
2264 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
2265 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
2266 switch (r_type)
2267 {
2268 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
2269 case R_MIPS_GOT16:
2270 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
2271 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
2272 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
2273 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
2274 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
2275 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
2276 if (!local_p)
2277 {
2278 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
2279 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
2280 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h);
2281 if (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
2282 || (info->shared
2283 && (info->symbolic || h->root.dynindx == -1)
2284 && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)))
2285 {
2286 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
2287 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
2288 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
2289 bfd *tmpbfd = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2290 asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section(tmpbfd);
2291 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd, symbol + addend, sgot->contents + g);
2292 }
2293 }
2294 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16)
2295 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
2296 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
2297 break;
2298 else
2299 {
2300 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, info, symbol + addend);
2301 if (g == MINUS_ONE)
2302 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2303 }
2304
2305 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
2306 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
2307 abfd, g);
2308 break;
2309
2310 case R_MIPS_HI16:
2311 case R_MIPS_LO16:
2312 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
2313 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
2314 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
2315 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
2316 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
2317 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
2318 break;
2319
2320 default:
2321 break;
2322 }
2323
2324 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
2325 switch (r_type)
2326 {
2327 case R_MIPS_NONE:
2328 return bfd_reloc_continue;
2329
2330 case R_MIPS_16:
2331 value = symbol + mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
2332 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
2333 break;
2334
2335 case R_MIPS_32:
2336 case R_MIPS_REL32:
2337 case R_MIPS_64:
2338 if ((info->shared
2339 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
2340 && h != NULL
2341 && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
2342 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
2343 && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
2344 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
2345 && r_symndx != 0
2346 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2347 {
2348 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
2349 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
2350 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
2351 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
2352 linker. */
2353 value = addend;
2354 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
2355 info,
2356 relocation,
2357 h,
2358 sec,
2359 symbol,
2360 &value,
2361 input_section))
2362 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
2363 }
2364 else
2365 {
2366 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
2367 value = symbol + addend;
2368 else
2369 value = addend;
2370 }
2371 value &= howto->dst_mask;
2372 break;
2373
2374 case R_MIPS_PC32:
2375 case R_MIPS_PC64:
2376 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16:
2377 value = symbol + addend - p;
2378 value &= howto->dst_mask;
2379 break;
2380
2381 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
2382 value = symbol + mips_elf_sign_extend (addend << 2, 18) - p;
2383 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
2384 value = (value >> 2) & howto->dst_mask;
2385 break;
2386
2387 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16:
2388 /* Instead of subtracting 'p' here, we should be subtracting the
2389 equivalent value for the LO part of the reloc, since the value
2390 here is relative to that address. Because that's not easy to do,
2391 we adjust 'addend' in _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section(). See also
2392 the comment there for more information. */
2393 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - p);
2394 value &= howto->dst_mask;
2395 break;
2396
2397 case R_MIPS16_26:
2398 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
2399 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
2400 the output file that's different. That's handled in
2401 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
2402 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
2403 case R_MIPS_26:
2404 if (local_p)
2405 value = (((addend << 2) | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
2406 else
2407 value = (mips_elf_sign_extend (addend << 2, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
2408 value &= howto->dst_mask;
2409 break;
2410
2411 case R_MIPS_HI16:
2412 if (!gp_disp_p)
2413 {
2414 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
2415 value &= howto->dst_mask;
2416 }
2417 else
2418 {
2419 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
2420 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
2421 }
2422 break;
2423
2424 case R_MIPS_LO16:
2425 if (!gp_disp_p)
2426 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
2427 else
2428 {
2429 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
2430 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
8dc1a139 2431 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
b49e97c9
TS
2432 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
2433 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
2434 this:
2435
2436 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
2437 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
2438 addu $gp,$gp,$t9
2439
2440 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
2441 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
2442 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
2443 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
2444 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
2445 not check for overflow here. */
2446 }
2447 break;
2448
2449 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
2450 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
2451 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
2452 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
2453 here. */
2454
2455 /* Fall through. */
2456
2457 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
2458 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
2459 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
2460 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
2461 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
2462 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
bce03d3d
AO
2463 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
2464 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
2465 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
2466 if (howto->partial_inplace)
2467 addend = mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
2468 value = symbol + addend - gp;
2469 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
2470 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
2471 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
2472 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
2473 to them before. */
2474 if (was_local_p)
2475 value += gp0;
b49e97c9
TS
2476 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
2477 break;
2478
2479 case R_MIPS_GOT16:
2480 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
2481 if (local_p)
2482 {
2483 boolean forced;
2484
2485 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
2486 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
2487 follows. */
2488 forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
2489 local_sections, false);
2490 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, info, symbol + addend, forced);
2491 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
2492 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2493 value
2494 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
4a14403c 2495 abfd, value);
b49e97c9
TS
2496 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
2497 break;
2498 }
2499
2500 /* Fall through. */
2501
2502 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
2503 value = g;
2504 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
2505 break;
2506
2507 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
bce03d3d
AO
2508 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
2509 if (!save_addend)
2510 value &= howto->dst_mask;
b49e97c9
TS
2511 break;
2512
2513 case R_MIPS_PC16:
2514 value = mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16) + symbol - p;
2515 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
2516 value = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) value / 4);
2517 break;
2518
2519 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
2520 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
2521 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
2522 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
2523 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
2524 value = g;
2525 value = mips_elf_high (value);
2526 value &= howto->dst_mask;
2527 break;
2528
2529 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
2530 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
2531 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
2532 break;
2533
2534 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
2535 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
2536 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
2537 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2538 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
4a14403c 2539 abfd, value);
b49e97c9
TS
2540 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
2541 break;
2542
2543 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
2544 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
2545 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
2546 break;
2547
2548 case R_MIPS_SUB:
2549 value = symbol - addend;
2550 value &= howto->dst_mask;
2551 break;
2552
2553 case R_MIPS_HIGHER:
2554 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
2555 value &= howto->dst_mask;
2556 break;
2557
2558 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
2559 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
2560 value &= howto->dst_mask;
2561 break;
2562
2563 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
2564 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
2565 value &= howto->dst_mask;
2566 break;
2567
2568 case R_MIPS_PJUMP:
2569 case R_MIPS_JALR:
2570 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
2571 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
2572 return bfd_reloc_continue;
2573
2574 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
2575 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
2576 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
2577 return bfd_reloc_continue;
2578
2579 default:
2580 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
2581 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
2582 }
2583
2584 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
2585 *valuep = value;
2586 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
2587}
2588
2589/* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
2590
2591static bfd_vma
2592mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents)
2593 reloc_howto_type *howto;
2594 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
2595 bfd *input_bfd;
2596 bfd_byte *contents;
2597{
2598 bfd_vma x;
2599 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
2600
2601 /* Obtain the bytes. */
2602 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
2603
2604 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26
2605 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
2606 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
2607 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
2608 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
2609 x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
2610
2611 return x;
2612}
2613
2614/* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
2615 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
2616 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
2617 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is true, then the opcode used
2618 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
2619 unconditionally converted to JALX.
2620
2621 Returns false if anything goes wrong. */
2622
2623static boolean
2624mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, relocation, value, input_bfd,
2625 input_section, contents, require_jalx)
2626 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2627 reloc_howto_type *howto;
2628 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
2629 bfd_vma value;
2630 bfd *input_bfd;
2631 asection *input_section;
2632 bfd_byte *contents;
2633 boolean require_jalx;
2634{
2635 bfd_vma x;
2636 bfd_byte *location;
2637 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
2638
2639 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
2640 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
2641
2642 /* Obtain the current value. */
2643 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
2644
2645 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
2646 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
2647
2648 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
2649 value in a funny way. */
2650 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
2651 {
2652 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2653 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2654 are 32 bits.
2655
2656 The format of these instructions is:
2657
2658 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2659 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
2660 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2661 ! Immediate 15:0 !
2662 +-----------------------------------------------+
2663
2664 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2665 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2666
2667 When producing a relocateable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2668 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2669 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2670 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2671 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2672 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2673 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2674 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2675 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2676 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2677 instruction.
2678
2679 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2680 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2681 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2682 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2683 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2684 value as two 16-bit values.
2685
2686 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2687 defined as
2688
2689 big-endian:
2690 +--------+----------------------+
2691 | | |
2692 | | targ26-16 |
2693 |31 26|25 0|
2694 +--------+----------------------+
2695
2696 little-endian:
2697 +----------+------+-------------+
2698 | | | |
2699 | sub1 | | sub2 |
2700 |0 9|10 15|16 31|
2701 +----------+--------------------+
2702 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2703 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2704
2705 When producing a relocateable object file, the calculation is
2706 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2707 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2708 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2709 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
2710
2711 if (!info->relocateable)
2712 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
2713 value = (((value & 0x1f0000) << 5)
2714 | ((value & 0x3e00000) >> 5)
2715 | (value & 0xffff));
2716 }
2717 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
2718 {
2719 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
2720 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2721
2722 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2723 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
2724 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2725 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
2726 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2727
2728 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2729 opcode.
2730
2731 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
2732 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
2733 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
2734
2735 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
2736 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2737 little-endian system. */
2738 value = (((value & 0x7e0) << 16)
2739 | ((value & 0xf800) << 5)
2740 | (value & 0x1f));
2741 }
2742
2743 /* Set the field. */
2744 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
2745
2746 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
2747 if (require_jalx)
2748 {
2749 boolean ok;
2750 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
2751 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
2752
2753 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
2754 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
2755 {
2756 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
2757 jalx_opcode = 0x7;
2758 }
2759 else
2760 {
2761 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
2762 jalx_opcode = 0x1d;
2763 }
2764
2765 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
2766 if (!ok)
2767 {
2768 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2769 (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
2770 bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd),
2771 input_section->name,
2772 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
2773 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2774 return false;
2775 }
2776
2777 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
2778 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
2779 }
2780
2781 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
2782 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
2783 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL || r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
2784 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
2785 x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
2786
2787 /* Put the value into the output. */
2788 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
2789 return true;
2790}
2791
2792/* Returns true if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
2793
2794static boolean
2795mips_elf_stub_section_p (abfd, section)
2796 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2797 asection *section;
2798{
2799 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section);
2800
2801 return (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
2802 || strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
2803 || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0);
2804}
2805\f
2806/* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
2807
2808static void
2809mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (abfd, n)
2810 bfd *abfd;
2811 unsigned int n;
2812{
2813 asection *s;
2814
2815 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.dyn");
2816 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2817
2818 if (s->_raw_size == 0)
2819 {
2820 /* Make room for a null element. */
2821 s->_raw_size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
2822 ++s->reloc_count;
2823 }
2824 s->_raw_size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
2825}
2826
2827/* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
2828 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
2829 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
2830 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
2831
2832static boolean
2833mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, info, rel, h, sec,
2834 symbol, addendp, input_section)
2835 bfd *output_bfd;
2836 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2837 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2838 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2839 asection *sec;
2840 bfd_vma symbol;
2841 bfd_vma *addendp;
2842 asection *input_section;
2843{
2844 Elf_Internal_Rel outrel[3];
2845 boolean skip;
2846 asection *sreloc;
2847 bfd *dynobj;
2848 int r_type;
2849
2850 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
2851 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4a14403c 2852 sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.dyn");
b49e97c9
TS
2853 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
2854 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
2855 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
2856 < sreloc->_raw_size);
2857
2858 skip = false;
2859 outrel[0].r_offset =
2860 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
2861 outrel[1].r_offset =
2862 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
2863 outrel[2].r_offset =
2864 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
2865
2866#if 0
2867 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
2868 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
2869 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
2870 if (elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS)
2871 {
2872 outrel[1].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset;
2873 outrel[2].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset;
2874 }
2875 else
2876 {
2877 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
2878 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
2879 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
2880 machinery tell us the offset. */
2881 outrel[1].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
2882 outrel[2].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
2883 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
2884 -1. */
2885 if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
2886 skip = true;
2887 }
2888#endif
2889
2890 if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
2891 skip = true;
2892 /* FIXME: For -2 runtime relocation needs to be skipped, but
2893 properly resolved statically and installed. */
2894 BFD_ASSERT (outrel[0].r_offset != (bfd_vma) -2);
2895
2896 /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
2897 record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
2898 is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */
2899 if (skip)
2900 memset (outrel, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rel) * 3);
2901 else
2902 {
2903 long indx;
2904 bfd_vma section_offset;
2905
2906 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
2907 in the relocation. */
2908 if (h != NULL
2909 && (! info->symbolic || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
2910 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))
2911 {
2912 indx = h->root.dynindx;
2913 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
2914 become local. */
2915 if (indx == -1)
2916 indx = 0;
2917 }
2918 else
2919 {
2920 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
2921 indx = 0;
2922 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
2923 {
2924 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2925 return false;
2926 }
2927 else
2928 {
2929 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
2930 if (indx == 0)
2931 abort ();
2932 }
2933
2934 /* Figure out how far the target of the relocation is from
2935 the beginning of its section. */
2936 section_offset = symbol - sec->output_section->vma;
2937 /* The relocation we're building is section-relative.
2938 Therefore, the original addend must be adjusted by the
2939 section offset. */
2940 *addendp += section_offset;
2941 /* Now, the relocation is just against the section. */
2942 symbol = sec->output_section->vma;
2943 }
2944
2945 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
2946 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
2947 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
2948 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
2949 if (!indx && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
2950 *addendp += symbol;
2951
2952 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
2953 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
34ea4a36
TS
2954 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
2955 R_MIPS_REL32);
7c4ca42d
AO
2956 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) 0,
2957 R_MIPS_NONE);
2958 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) 0,
2959 R_MIPS_NONE);
b49e97c9
TS
2960
2961 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
2962 correct location in the output file. */
2963 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
2964 + input_section->output_offset);
2965 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
2966 + input_section->output_offset);
2967 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
2968 + input_section->output_offset);
2969 }
2970
2971 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
2972 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
2973 relocation format is non-standard. */
2974 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
2975 {
2976 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
2977 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
2978 (sreloc->contents
2979 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
2980 }
2981 else
2982 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
2983 (((Elf32_External_Rel *)
2984 sreloc->contents)
2985 + sreloc->reloc_count));
2986
2987 /* Record the index of the first relocation referencing H. This
2988 information is later emitted in the .msym section. */
2989 if (h != NULL
2990 && (h->min_dyn_reloc_index == 0
2991 || sreloc->reloc_count < h->min_dyn_reloc_index))
2992 h->min_dyn_reloc_index = sreloc->reloc_count;
2993
2994 /* We've now added another relocation. */
2995 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
2996
2997 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
2998 will be writing to it. */
2999 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
3000 |= SHF_WRITE;
3001
3002 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
3003 if (! skip && IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
3004 {
3005 asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
3006 bfd_byte *cr;
3007
3008 if (scpt)
3009 {
3010 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
3011
3012 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
3013 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
3014 + input_section->output_section->vma
3015 + input_section->output_offset);
3016 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
3017 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
3018 else
3019 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
3020 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
3021 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
3022
3023 cr = (scpt->contents
3024 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
3025 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
3026 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
3027 + scpt->reloc_count));
3028 ++scpt->reloc_count;
3029 }
3030 }
3031
3032 return true;
3033}
3034\f
3035/* Return the ISA for a MIPS e_flags value. */
3036
3037static INLINE int
3038elf_mips_isa (flags)
3039 flagword flags;
3040{
3041 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
3042 {
3043 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1:
3044 return 1;
3045 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2:
3046 return 2;
3047 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3:
3048 return 3;
3049 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4:
3050 return 4;
3051 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5:
3052 return 5;
3053 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
3054 return 32;
3055 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
3056 return 64;
3057 }
3058 return 4;
3059}
3060
3061/* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
3062
3063unsigned long
3064_bfd_elf_mips_mach (flags)
3065 flagword flags;
3066{
3067 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
3068 {
3069 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
3070 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
3071
3072 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
3073 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
3074
3075 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
3076 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
3077
3078 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
3079 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
3080
00707a0e
RS
3081 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
3082 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
3083
b49e97c9
TS
3084 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
3085 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
3086
00707a0e
RS
3087 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
3088 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
3089
3090 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
3091 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
3092
b49e97c9
TS
3093 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
3094 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
3095
3096 default:
3097 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
3098 {
3099 default:
3100 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1:
3101 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
3102 break;
3103
3104 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2:
3105 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
3106 break;
3107
3108 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3:
3109 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
3110 break;
3111
3112 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4:
3113 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
3114 break;
3115
3116 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5:
3117 return bfd_mach_mips5;
3118 break;
3119
3120 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
3121 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
3122 break;
3123
3124 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
3125 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
3126 break;
3127 }
3128 }
3129
3130 return 0;
3131}
3132
3133/* Return printable name for ABI. */
3134
3135static INLINE char *
3136elf_mips_abi_name (abfd)
3137 bfd *abfd;
3138{
3139 flagword flags;
3140
3141 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
3142 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
3143 {
3144 case 0:
3145 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
3146 return "N32";
3147 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
3148 return "64";
3149 else
3150 return "none";
3151 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
3152 return "O32";
3153 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
3154 return "O64";
3155 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
3156 return "EABI32";
3157 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
3158 return "EABI64";
3159 default:
3160 return "unknown abi";
3161 }
3162}
3163\f
3164/* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
3165 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
3166 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
3167 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
3168 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
3169static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
3170static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
3171static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
3172
3173/* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
3174 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
3175 definition in a shared library. */
3176static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
3177static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
3178static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
3179
3180/* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
3181 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
3182
3183void
3184_bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (abfd, asym)
3185 bfd *abfd;
3186 asymbol *asym;
3187{
3188 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
3189
3190 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
3191 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
3192 {
3193 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
3194 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
3195 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
3196 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
3197 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
3198 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
3199 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
3200 {
3201 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
3202 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
3203 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
3204 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
3205 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
3206 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
3207 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
3208 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
3209 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
3210 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
3211 }
3212 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
3213 break;
3214
3215 case SHN_COMMON:
3216 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
3217 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
3218 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
3219 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
3220 break;
3221 /* Fall through. */
3222 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
3223 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
3224 {
3225 /* Initialize the small common section. */
3226 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
3227 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
3228 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
3229 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
3230 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
3231 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
3232 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
3233 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
3234 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
3235 }
3236 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
3237 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
3238 break;
3239
3240 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
3241 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
3242 break;
3243
3244#if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */
3245 case SHN_MIPS_TEXT:
3246 asym->section = mips_elf_text_section_ptr;
3247 break;
3248
3249 case SHN_MIPS_DATA:
3250 asym->section = mips_elf_data_section_ptr;
3251 break;
3252#endif
3253 }
3254}
3255\f
3256/* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
3257 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
3258 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
3259 a better way. */
3260
3261boolean
3262_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (abfd, hdr)
3263 bfd *abfd;
3264 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3265{
3266 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
3267 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
3268 {
3269 bfd_byte buf[4];
3270
3271 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
3272 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
3273
3274 if (bfd_seek (abfd,
3275 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
3276 SEEK_SET) != 0)
3277 return false;
3278 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
3279 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 4, abfd) != 4)
3280 return false;
3281 }
3282
3283 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
3284 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
3285 && elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
3286 && elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->tdata != NULL)
3287 {
3288 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
3289
3290 /* We stored the section contents in the elf_section_data tdata
3291 field in the set_section_contents routine. We save the
3292 section contents so that we don't have to read them again.
3293 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
3294 through the section contents to see if there is an
3295 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
3296
3297 contents = (bfd_byte *) elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->tdata;
3298 l = contents;
3299 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
3300 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
3301 {
3302 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
3303
3304 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
3305 &intopt);
3306 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
3307 {
3308 bfd_byte buf[8];
3309
3310 if (bfd_seek (abfd,
3311 (hdr->sh_offset
3312 + (l - contents)
3313 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
3314 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
3315 SEEK_SET) != 0)
3316 return false;
3317 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
3318 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 8, abfd) != 8)
3319 return false;
3320 }
3321 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
3322 {
3323 bfd_byte buf[4];
3324
3325 if (bfd_seek (abfd,
3326 (hdr->sh_offset
3327 + (l - contents)
3328 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
3329 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
3330 SEEK_SET) != 0)
3331 return false;
3332 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
3333 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 4, abfd) != 4)
3334 return false;
3335 }
3336 l += intopt.size;
3337 }
3338 }
3339
3340 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
3341 {
3342 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
3343
3344 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
3345 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
3346 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
3347 {
3348 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
3349 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
3350 }
3351 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
3352 {
3353 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
3354 hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
3355 }
3356 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
3357 {
3358 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
3359 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
3360 }
3361 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
3362 {
3363 hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3364 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
3365 }
3366 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
3367 {
3368 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
3369 {
3370 unsigned int adjust;
3371
3372 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
3373 if (adjust != 0)
3374 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
3375 }
3376 }
3377 }
3378
3379 return true;
3380}
3381
3382/* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
3383 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
3384 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
3385
3386 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
3387 how to. */
3388
3389boolean
3390_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)
3391 bfd *abfd;
3392 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
90937f86 3393 const char *name;
b49e97c9
TS
3394{
3395 flagword flags = 0;
3396
3397 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
3398 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
3399 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
3400 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
3401 probably get away with this. */
3402 switch (hdr->sh_type)
3403 {
3404 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
3405 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
3406 return false;
3407 break;
3408 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
3409 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
3410 return false;
3411 break;
3412 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
3413 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
3414 return false;
3415 break;
3416 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
3417 if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
3418 return false;
3419 break;
3420 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
3421 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
3422 return false;
3423 break;
3424 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
3425 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
3426 return false;
3427 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
3428 break;
3429 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
3430 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
3431 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
3432 return false;
3433 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
3434 break;
3435 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
3436 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
3437 return false;
3438 break;
3439 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
3440 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
3441 return false;
3442 break;
3443 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
3444 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) != 0)
3445 return false;
3446 break;
3447 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
3448 if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
3449 return false;
3450 break;
3451 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
3452 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
3453 return false;
3454 break;
3455 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
3456 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
3457 && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
3458 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
3459 return false;
3460 break;
3461 default:
3462 return false;
3463 }
3464
3465 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
3466 return false;
3467
3468 if (flags)
3469 {
3470 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
3471 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
3472 hdr->bfd_section)
3473 | flags)))
3474 return false;
3475 }
3476
3477 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
3478
3479 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
3480 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
3481 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
3482 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
3483 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
3484 {
3485 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
3486 Elf32_RegInfo s;
3487
3488 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, (PTR) &ext,
3489 (file_ptr) 0,
3490 (bfd_size_type) sizeof ext))
3491 return false;
3492 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
3493 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
3494 }
3495
3496 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
3497 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
3498 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
3499 they should agree. */
3500 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
3501 {
3502 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
3503
3504 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
3505 if (contents == NULL)
3506 return false;
3507 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
3508 (file_ptr) 0, hdr->sh_size))
3509 {
3510 free (contents);
3511 return false;
3512 }
3513 l = contents;
3514 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
3515 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
3516 {
3517 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
3518
3519 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
3520 &intopt);
3521 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
3522 {
3523 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
3524
3525 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
3526 (abfd,
3527 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
3528 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
3529 &intreg);
3530 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
3531 }
3532 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
3533 {
3534 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
3535
3536 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
3537 (abfd,
3538 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
3539 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
3540 &intreg);
3541 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
3542 }
3543 l += intopt.size;
3544 }
3545 free (contents);
3546 }
3547
3548 return true;
3549}
3550
3551/* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
3552 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
3553 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
3554
3555boolean
3556_bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (abfd, hdr, sec)
3557 bfd *abfd;
3558 Elf32_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3559 asection *sec;
3560{
3561 register const char *name;
3562
3563 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
3564
3565 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
3566 {
3567 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
3568 hdr->sh_info = sec->_raw_size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
3569 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
3570 }
3571 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
3572 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
3573 else if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
3574 {
3575 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
3576 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
3577 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
3578 }
3579 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
3580 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
3581 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
3582 {
3583 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
8dc1a139 3584 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
b49e97c9
TS
3585 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
3586 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
3587 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3588 else
3589 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
3590 }
3591 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
3592 {
3593 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
8dc1a139 3594 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
b49e97c9
TS
3595 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
3596 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
3597 {
3598 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
3599 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
3600 else
3601 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
3602 }
3603 else
3604 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
3605 }
3606 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
3607 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
3608 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
3609 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
3610 {
3611 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
3612 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3613#if 0
8dc1a139 3614 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
b49e97c9
TS
3615 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
3616#endif
3617 }
3618 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
3619 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
3620 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
3621 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
3622 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
3623 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
3624 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
3625 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
3626 {
3627 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
3628 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
3629 }
3630 else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
3631 {
3632 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
3633 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
3634 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
3635 }
3636 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
3637 {
3638 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
3639 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
3640 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
3641 }
3642 else if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
3643 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
3644 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
3645 {
3646 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
3647 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
3648 final_write_processing. */
3649 }
3650 else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
3651 || strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
3652 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
3653 {
3654 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
3655 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
3656 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
3657 }
3658 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
3659 {
3660 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
3661 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
3662 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
3663 }
3664
3665 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the
3666 default kind of relocations. But, we may actually need both
3667 kinds of relocations, so we set up the second header here.
3668
3669 This is not necessary for the O32 ABI since that only uses Elf32_Rel
3670 relocations (cf. System V ABI, MIPS RISC Processor Supplement,
3671 3rd Edition, p. 4-17). It breaks the IRIX 5/6 32-bit ld, since one
3672 of the resulting empty .rela.<section> sections starts with
3673 sh_offset == object size, and ld doesn't allow that. While the check
3674 is arguably bogus for empty or SHT_NOBITS sections, it can easily be
3675 avoided by not emitting those useless sections in the first place. */
14366460 3676 if (! SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && ! NEWABI_P(abfd)
4a14403c 3677 && (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
b49e97c9
TS
3678 {
3679 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd;
3680 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr);
3681
3682 esd = elf_section_data (sec);
3683 BFD_ASSERT (esd->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
3684 esd->rel_hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3685 if (!esd->rel_hdr2)
3686 return false;
3687 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, esd->rel_hdr2, sec,
3688 !elf_section_data (sec)->use_rela_p);
3689 }
3690
3691 return true;
3692}
3693
3694/* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
3695 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
3696 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
3697 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
3698 the .scommon section. */
3699
3700boolean
3701_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec, retval)
3702 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3703 asection *sec;
3704 int *retval;
3705{
3706 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
3707 {
3708 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
3709 return true;
3710 }
3711 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
3712 {
3713 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
3714 return true;
3715 }
3716 return false;
3717}
3718\f
3719/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
3720 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
3721
3722boolean
3723_bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp)
3724 bfd *abfd;
3725 struct bfd_link_info *info;
3726 const Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3727 const char **namep;
3728 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3729 asection **secp;
3730 bfd_vma *valp;
3731{
3732 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
3733 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
3734 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
3735 {
8dc1a139 3736 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
b49e97c9
TS
3737 *namep = NULL;
3738 return true;
3739 }
3740
3741 switch (sym->st_shndx)
3742 {
3743 case SHN_COMMON:
3744 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
3745 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
3746 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
3747 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
3748 break;
3749 /* Fall through. */
3750 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
3751 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
3752 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
3753 *valp = sym->st_size;
3754 break;
3755
3756 case SHN_MIPS_TEXT:
3757 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
3758 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
3759 {
3760 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
3761 asection *elf_text_section;
3762 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
3763
3764 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3765 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
3766 return false;
3767
3768 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
3769 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3770 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
3771 return false;
3772
3773 /* Initialize the section. */
3774
3775 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
3776 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
3777
3778 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
3779 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
3780
3781 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
3782 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
3783 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
3784 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
3785 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
3786 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
3787 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
3788 }
3789 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
3790 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
3791 so I took it out. */
3792 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
3793 break;
3794
3795 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
3796 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
3797 case SHN_MIPS_DATA:
3798 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
3799 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
3800 {
3801 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
3802 asection *elf_data_section;
3803 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
3804
3805 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3806 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
3807 return false;
3808
3809 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
3810 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3811 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
3812 return false;
3813
3814 /* Initialize the section. */
3815
3816 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
3817 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
3818
3819 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
3820 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
3821
3822 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
3823 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
3824 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
3825 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
3826 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
3827 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
3828 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
3829 }
3830 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
3831 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
3832 so I took it out. */
3833 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
3834 break;
3835
3836 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
3837 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
3838 break;
3839 }
3840
3841 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
3842 && ! info->shared
3843 && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec
3844 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
3845 {
3846 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
14a793b2 3847 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
b49e97c9
TS
3848
3849 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
14a793b2 3850 bh = NULL;
b49e97c9
TS
3851 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3852 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp,
3853 (bfd_vma) *valp, (const char *) NULL, false,
14a793b2 3854 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
b49e97c9 3855 return false;
14a793b2
AM
3856
3857 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
b49e97c9
TS
3858 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
3859 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
3860 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
3861
3862 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3863 return false;
3864
3865 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = true;
3866 }
3867
3868 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
3869 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
3870 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
3871 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
3872 ++*valp;
3873
3874 return true;
3875}
3876
3877/* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
3878 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
3879 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
3880
3881boolean
3882_bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook (abfd, info, name, sym, input_sec)
3883 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3884 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3885 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3886 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3887 asection *input_sec;
3888{
3889 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
3890 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
3891 common in the output file. */
3892 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
3893 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
3894 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
3895
3896 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16
3897 && (sym->st_value & 1) != 0)
3898 --sym->st_value;
3899
3900 return true;
3901}
3902\f
3903/* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
3904
3905/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
3906
3907boolean
3908_bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)
3909 bfd *abfd;
3910 struct bfd_link_info *info;
3911{
3912 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
14a793b2 3913 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
b49e97c9
TS
3914 flagword flags;
3915 register asection *s;
3916 const char * const *namep;
3917
3918 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
3919 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
3920
3921 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
3922 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3923 if (s != NULL)
3924 {
3925 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
3926 return false;
3927 }
3928
3929 /* We need to create .got section. */
3930 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
3931 return false;
3932
3933 /* Create the .msym section on IRIX6. It is used by the dynamic
3934 linker to speed up dynamic relocations, and to avoid computing
3935 the ELF hash for symbols. */
3936 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
3937 && !mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd))
3938 return false;
3939
3940 /* Create .stub section. */
3941 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
3942 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL)
3943 {
3944 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd));
3945 if (s == NULL
3946 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_CODE)
3947 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
3948 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
3949 return false;
3950 }
3951
3952 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
3953 && !info->shared
3954 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
3955 {
3956 s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
3957 if (s == NULL
3958 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY)
3959 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
3960 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
3961 return false;
3962 }
3963
3964 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
3965 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
3966 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
3967 the linker takes such action. */
3968 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
3969 {
3970 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
3971 {
14a793b2 3972 bh = NULL;
b49e97c9
TS
3973 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3974 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr,
3975 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
14a793b2 3976 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
b49e97c9 3977 return false;
14a793b2
AM
3978
3979 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
b49e97c9
TS
3980 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
3981 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
3982 h->type = STT_SECTION;
3983
3984 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3985 return false;
3986 }
3987
3988 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
3989 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
3990 {
3991 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
3992 return false;
3993 }
3994
44c410de 3995 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
b49e97c9
TS
3996 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
3997 if (s != NULL)
3998 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
3999 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
4000 if (s != NULL)
4001 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
4002 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
4003 if (s != NULL)
4004 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
4005 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
4006 if (s != NULL)
4007 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
4008 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4009 if (s != NULL)
4010 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
4011 }
4012
4013 if (!info->shared)
4014 {
14a793b2
AM
4015 const char *name;
4016
4017 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
4018 bh = NULL;
4019 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4020 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr,
4021 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
4022 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4023 return false;
4024
4025 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
b49e97c9
TS
4026 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4027 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4028 h->type = STT_SECTION;
4029
4030 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4031 return false;
4032
4033 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
4034 {
4035 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
4036 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
4037 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
4038 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
4039 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
4040 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4041
14a793b2
AM
4042 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
4043 bh = NULL;
4044 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4045 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s,
4046 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
4047 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4048 return false;
4049
4050 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
b49e97c9
TS
4051 h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
4052 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
4053 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4054
4055 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4056 return false;
4057 }
4058 }
4059
4060 return true;
4061}
4062\f
4063/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4064 allocate space in the global offset table. */
4065
4066boolean
4067_bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
4068 bfd *abfd;
4069 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4070 asection *sec;
4071 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
4072{
4073 const char *name;
4074 bfd *dynobj;
4075 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4076 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4077 struct mips_got_info *g;
4078 size_t extsymoff;
4079 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
4080 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
4081 asection *sgot;
4082 asection *sreloc;
4083 struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4084
4085 if (info->relocateable)
4086 return true;
4087
4088 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4089 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
4090 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
4091 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4092
4093 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
4094
4095 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
4096 if (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0)
4097 {
4098 unsigned long r_symndx;
4099
4100 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
4101 this is for. */
4102
4103 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
4104
4105 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
4106 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
4107 {
4108 asection *o;
4109
4110 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
4111 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
4112 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
4113 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
4114 {
4115 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
4116 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
4117
4118 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
4119 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
4120 || o->reloc_count == 0
4121 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), FN_STUB,
4122 sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
4123 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_STUB,
4124 sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
4125 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_FP_STUB,
4126 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
4127 continue;
4128
4129 sec_relocs = (_bfd_elf32_link_read_relocs
4130 (abfd, o, (PTR) NULL,
4131 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
4132 info->keep_memory));
4133 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
4134 return false;
4135
4136 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
4137 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
4138 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
4139 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26)
4140 break;
4141
6cdc0ccc 4142 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
b49e97c9
TS
4143 free (sec_relocs);
4144
4145 if (r < rend)
4146 break;
4147 }
4148
4149 if (o == NULL)
4150 {
4151 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
4152 not need it. Since this function is called before
4153 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
4154 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
4155 flag. */
4156 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4157 return true;
4158 }
4159
4160 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
4161 this BFD. */
4162 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
4163 {
4164 unsigned long symcount;
4165 asection **n;
4166 bfd_size_type amt;
4167
4168 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
4169 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
4170 else
4171 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4172 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
4173 n = (asection **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4174 if (n == NULL)
4175 return false;
4176 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
4177 }
4178
4179 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
4180
4181 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
4182 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
4183 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
4184 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
4185 }
4186 else
4187 {
4188 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4189
4190 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
4191 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
4192
4193 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
4194
4195 h->fn_stub = sec;
4196 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = true;
4197 }
4198 }
4199 else if (strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
4200 || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
4201 {
4202 unsigned long r_symndx;
4203 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4204 asection **loc;
4205
4206 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
4207 this is for. */
4208
4209 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
4210
4211 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
4212 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
4213 {
4214 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
4215 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
4216 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
4217 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
4218 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
4219 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
4220 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4221 return true;
4222 }
4223
4224 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
4225 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
4226
4227 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
4228
4229 if (strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
4230 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
4231 else
4232 loc = &h->call_stub;
4233
4234 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
4235 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
4236 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
4237 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
4238 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
4239 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
4240 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
4241 it is slightly faster to check now. */
4242 if (*loc != NULL || h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
4243 {
4244 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4245 return true;
4246 }
4247
4248 *loc = sec;
4249 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = true;
4250 }
4251
4252 if (dynobj == NULL)
4253 {
4254 sgot = NULL;
4255 g = NULL;
4256 }
4257 else
4258 {
4259 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj);
4260 if (sgot == NULL)
4261 g = NULL;
4262 else
4263 {
4264 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
4265 g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (sgot)->tdata;
4266 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
4267 }
4268 }
4269
4270 sreloc = NULL;
4271 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4272 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
4273 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
4274 {
4275 unsigned long r_symndx;
4276 unsigned int r_type;
4277 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4278
4279 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
4280 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
4281
4282 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
4283 h = NULL;
4284 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
4285 {
4286 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4287 (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
4288 bfd_archive_filename (abfd), name);
4289 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4290 return false;
4291 }
4292 else
4293 {
4294 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
4295
4296 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
4297 if (h != NULL)
4298 {
4299 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
4300 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4301 }
4302 }
4303
4304 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
4305 if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL)
4306 {
4307 switch (r_type)
4308 {
4309 case R_MIPS_GOT16:
4310 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
4311 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
4312 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
4313 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
4314 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
4315 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
4316 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
4317 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
4318 if (dynobj == NULL)
4319 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
4320 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
4321 return false;
4322 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
4323 break;
4324
4325 case R_MIPS_32:
4326 case R_MIPS_REL32:
4327 case R_MIPS_64:
4328 if (dynobj == NULL
4329 && (info->shared || h != NULL)
4330 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4331 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
4332 break;
4333
4334 default:
4335 break;
4336 }
4337 }
4338
4339 if (!h && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
4340 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
4341 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP))
4342 {
4343 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
4344 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
4345 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
4346 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
4347 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
4348 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
4349 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16.
4350
4351 This estimation is very conservative since we can merge
4352 duplicate entries in the GOT. In order to be less
4353 conservative, we could actually build the GOT here,
4354 rather than in relocate_section. */
4355 g->local_gotno++;
4356 sgot->_raw_size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
4357 }
4358
4359 switch (r_type)
4360 {
4361 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
4362 if (h == NULL)
4363 {
4364 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4365 (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
4366 bfd_archive_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
4367 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4368 return false;
4369 }
4370 /* Fall through. */
4371
4372 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
4373 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
4374 if (h != NULL)
4375 {
4376 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4377 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, info, g))
4378 return false;
4379
4380 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
4381 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
4382 elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol in elflink.h. */
4383 h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
4384 h->type = STT_FUNC;
4385 }
4386 break;
4387
4388 case R_MIPS_GOT16:
4389 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
4390 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
4391 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
4392 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4393 if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, info, g))
4394 return false;
4395 break;
4396
4397 case R_MIPS_32:
4398 case R_MIPS_REL32:
4399 case R_MIPS_64:
4400 if ((info->shared || h != NULL)
4401 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4402 {
4403 if (sreloc == NULL)
4404 {
4405 const char *dname = ".rel.dyn";
4406
4407 sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
4408 if (sreloc == NULL)
4409 {
4410 sreloc = bfd_make_section (dynobj, dname);
4411 if (sreloc == NULL
4412 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc,
4413 (SEC_ALLOC
4414 | SEC_LOAD
4415 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4416 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4417 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4418 | SEC_READONLY))
4419 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
4420 4))
4421 return false;
4422 }
4423 }
4424#define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
4425 if (info->shared)
4426 {
4427 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
4428 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
4429 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
4430 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
4431 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, 1);
4432 if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
4433 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
4434 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
4435 relocations against the text segment. */
4436 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
4437 }
4438 else
4439 {
4440 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
4441
4442 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
4443 defined in a dynamic object. */
4444 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
4445 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
4446 if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
4447 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
4448 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
4449 are relocations against the text segment. */
4450 hmips->readonly_reloc = true;
4451 }
4452
4453 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
4454 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
4455 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
4456 dynamic relocations against it. */
4457 if (h != NULL
4458 && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, info, g))
4459 return false;
4460 }
4461
4462 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4463 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
4464 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
4465 break;
4466
4467 case R_MIPS_26:
4468 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
4469 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
4470 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
4471 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
4472 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
4473 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
4474 break;
4475
4476 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
4477 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
4478 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4479 if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
4480 return false;
4481 break;
4482
4483 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
4484 used. Record for later use during GC. */
4485 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
4486 if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
4487 return false;
4488 break;
4489
4490 default:
4491 break;
4492 }
4493
4494 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
4495 related to taking the function's address. */
4496 switch (r_type)
4497 {
4498 default:
4499 if (h != NULL)
4500 {
4501 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
4502
4503 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
4504 mh->no_fn_stub = true;
4505 }
4506 break;
4507 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
4508 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
4509 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
4510 break;
4511 }
4512
4513 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
4514 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
4515 References from a stub section do not count. */
4516 if (h != NULL
4517 && r_type != R_MIPS16_26
4518 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), FN_STUB,
4519 sizeof FN_STUB - 1) != 0
4520 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_STUB,
4521 sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) != 0
4522 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_FP_STUB,
4523 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) != 0)
4524 {
4525 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
4526
4527 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
4528 mh->need_fn_stub = true;
4529 }
4530 }
4531
4532 return true;
4533}
4534\f
4535/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4536 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4537 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4538 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4539 understand. */
4540
4541boolean
4542_bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (info, h)
4543 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4544 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4545{
4546 bfd *dynobj;
4547 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
4548 asection *s;
4549
4550 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4551
4552 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4553 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
4554 && ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT)
4555 || h->weakdef != NULL
4556 || ((h->elf_link_hash_flags
4557 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
4558 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
4559 & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) != 0
4560 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
4561 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)));
4562
4563 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
4564 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
4565 file. */
4566 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
4567 if (! info->relocateable
4568 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
4569 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
4570 || (h->elf_link_hash_flags
4571 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))
4572 {
4573 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj,
4574 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
4575 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
4576 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
4577 against the text segment. */
4578 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
4579 }
4580
4581 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
4582 if (! hmips->no_fn_stub
4583 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
4584 {
4585 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
4586 return true;
4587
4588 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
4589 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
4590 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
4591 executable and the shared library. */
4592 if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
4593 {
4594 /* We need .stub section. */
4595 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
4596 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
4597 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4598
4599 h->root.u.def.section = s;
4600 h->root.u.def.value = s->_raw_size;
4601
4602 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
4603 h->plt.offset = s->_raw_size;
4604
4605 /* Make room for this stub code. */
4606 s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
4607
4608 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
4609 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
4610 return true;
4611 }
4612 }
4613 else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC)
4614 && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) == 0)
4615 {
4616 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
4617 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
4618 h->root.u.def.value = 0;
4619 return true;
4620 }
4621
4622 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4623 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4624 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4625 if (h->weakdef != NULL)
4626 {
4627 BFD_ASSERT (h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4628 || h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
4629 h->root.u.def.section = h->weakdef->root.u.def.section;
4630 h->root.u.def.value = h->weakdef->root.u.def.value;
4631 return true;
4632 }
4633
4634 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4635 is not a function. */
4636
4637 return true;
4638}
4639\f
4640/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
4641 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
4642 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
4643
4644boolean
4645_bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (output_bfd, info)
4646 bfd *output_bfd;
4647 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4648{
4649 asection *ri;
4650
4651 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
4652 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
4653 if (ri != NULL)
4654 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri,
4655 (bfd_size_type) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
4656
4657 if (info->relocateable
4658 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen)
4659 return true;
4660
4661 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
4662 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs,
4663 (PTR) NULL);
4664
4665 return true;
4666}
4667
4668/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
4669
4670boolean
4671_bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
4672 bfd *output_bfd;
4673 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4674{
4675 bfd *dynobj;
4676 asection *s;
4677 boolean reltext;
4678 struct mips_got_info *g = NULL;
4679
4680 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4681 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
4682
4683 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
4684 {
4685 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
4686 if (! info->shared)
4687 {
4688 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
4689 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4690 s->_raw_size
4691 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
4692 s->contents
4693 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
4694 }
4695 }
4696
4697 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
4698 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
4699 memory for them. */
4700 reltext = false;
4701 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4702 {
4703 const char *name;
4704 boolean strip;
4705
4706 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
4707 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
4708 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
4709
4710 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
4711 continue;
4712
4713 strip = false;
4714
4715 if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) == 0)
4716 {
4717 if (s->_raw_size == 0)
4718 {
4719 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
4720 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
4721 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
4722 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
4723 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
4724 if (s->output_section != NULL
4725 && strcmp (name,
4726 bfd_get_section_name (s->output_section->owner,
4727 s->output_section)) == 0)
4728 strip = true;
4729 }
4730 else
4731 {
4732 const char *outname;
4733 asection *target;
4734
4735 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
4736 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
4737 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
4738 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
4739 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
4740 not. */
4741 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
4742 s->output_section);
4743 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
4744 if ((target != NULL
4745 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
4746 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4747 || strcmp (outname, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
4748 reltext = true;
4749
4750 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
4751 to copy relocs into the output file. */
4752 if (strcmp (name, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
4753 s->reloc_count = 0;
4754 }
4755 }
4756 else if (strncmp (name, ".got", 4) == 0)
4757 {
4758 int i;
4759 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
4760 bfd_size_type local_gotno;
4761 bfd *sub;
4762
4763 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (s) != NULL);
4764 g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (s)->tdata;
4765 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
4766
4767 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
4768 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
4769 required. */
4770 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
4771 {
4772 asection *subsection;
4773
4774 for (subsection = sub->sections;
4775 subsection;
4776 subsection = subsection->next)
4777 {
4778 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
4779 continue;
4780 loadable_size += ((subsection->_raw_size + 0xf)
4781 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
4782 }
4783 }
4784 loadable_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
4785
4786 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
4787 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
4788 local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
4a14403c 4789 if (NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
b49e97c9
TS
4790 /* It's possible we will need GOT_PAGE entries as well as
4791 GOT16 entries. Often, these will be able to share GOT
4792 entries, but not always. */
4793 local_gotno *= 2;
4794
4795 g->local_gotno += local_gotno;
4796 s->_raw_size += local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
4797
4798 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
4799 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
4800 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
4801 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
4802 do that here. */
4803 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
4804 return false;
4805
4806 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
4807 i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
4808 else
4809 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
4810 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
4811 i = 0;
4812 g->global_gotno = i;
4813 s->_raw_size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
4814 }
4815 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0)
4816 {
8dc1a139 4817 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
b49e97c9
TS
4818 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
4819 s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
4820 }
4821 else if (! info->shared
4822 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
4823 && strncmp (name, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
4824 {
4825 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
4826 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
4827 s->_raw_size += 4;
4828 }
4829 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
4830 && strncmp (name, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
4831 s->_raw_size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
4832 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
4833 s->_raw_size = (sizeof (Elf32_External_Msym)
4834 * (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
4835 + bfd_count_sections (output_bfd)));
4836 else if (strncmp (name, ".init", 5) != 0)
4837 {
4838 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
4839 continue;
4840 }
4841
4842 if (strip)
4843 {
4844 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info, s);
4845 continue;
4846 }
4847
4848 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
4849 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->_raw_size);
4850 if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0)
4851 {
4852 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
4853 return false;
4854 }
4855 }
4856
4857 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
4858 {
4859 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
4860 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
4861 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
4862 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
4863 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
4864 if (! info->shared)
4865 {
4866 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
4867 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
4868 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
4869 return false;
4870 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
4871 {
4872 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
4873 return false;
4874 }
4875 }
4876 else
4877 {
4878 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
4879 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
4880 {
4881 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
4882 return false;
4883 }
4884 }
4885
4886 if (reltext && SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
4887 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
4888
4889 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
4890 {
4891 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
4892 return false;
4893 }
4894
4895 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
4896 return false;
4897
4898 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.dyn"))
4899 {
4900 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
4901 return false;
4902
4903 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
4904 return false;
4905
4906 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
4907 return false;
4908 }
4909
4910 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
4911 {
4912 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO, 0))
4913 return false;
4914 }
4915
4916 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
4917 {
4918 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO, 0))
4919 return false;
4920 }
4921
4922 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".conflict") != NULL)
4923 {
4924 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_CONFLICT, 0))
4925 return false;
4926
4927 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".liblist");
4928 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4929
4930 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LIBLIST, 0))
4931 return false;
4932 }
4933
4934 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
4935 return false;
4936
4937 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
4938 return false;
4939
4940#if 0
4941 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
4942 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP, 0))
4943 return false;
4944#endif
4945
4946#if 0 /* FIXME */
4947 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM, 0))
4948 return false;
4949#endif
4950
4951#if 0 /* FIXME */
4952 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_IVERSION, 0))
4953 return false;
4954#endif
4955
4956 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
4957 return false;
4958
4959 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
4960 return false;
4961
4962 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
4963 return false;
4964
4965 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
4966 return false;
4967
4968 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
4969 return false;
4970
4971 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
4972 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
4973 return false;
4974
4975 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
4976 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
4977 (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
4978 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
4979 return false;
4980
4981 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".msym")
4982 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_MSYM, 0))
4983 return false;
4984 }
4985
4986 return true;
4987}
4988\f
4989/* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
4990
4991boolean
4992_bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
4993 contents, relocs, local_syms, local_sections)
4994 bfd *output_bfd;
4995 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4996 bfd *input_bfd;
4997 asection *input_section;
4998 bfd_byte *contents;
4999 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
5000 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
5001 asection **local_sections;
5002{
5003 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5004 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
5005 bfd_vma addend = 0;
5006 boolean use_saved_addend_p = false;
5007 struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5008
5009 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
5010 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
5011 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
5012 {
5013 const char *name;
5014 bfd_vma value;
5015 reloc_howto_type *howto;
5016 boolean require_jalx;
5017 /* True if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
5018 REL relocation. */
5019 boolean rela_relocation_p = true;
5020 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
5021 const char * msg = (const char *) NULL;
5022
5023 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
4a14403c 5024 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
b49e97c9
TS
5025 {
5026 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
5027 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
5028 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
5029 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
5030 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
5031 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
5a659663 5032 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, false);
b49e97c9
TS
5033
5034 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
5035 of the reloc. */
5036 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
5037 rel->r_offset += 4;
5038 }
5039 else
5040 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
5041 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type,
5042 NEWABI_P (input_bfd));
5043
5044 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
5045 {
5046 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
5047
5048 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
5049 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
5050 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
5051 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
5052 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
5053 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
5054 rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr;
5055 if ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
5056 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel))
5057 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2;
5058 if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd))
5059 {
5060 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
5061 rela_relocation_p = false;
5062
5063 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
5064 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd,
5065 contents);
5066 addend &= howto->src_mask;
5a659663 5067 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
b49e97c9
TS
5068
5069 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
5070 combination of the addend stored in two different
5071 relocations. */
5072 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
5073 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
5074 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
5075 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
5076 local_sections, false)))
5077 {
5078 bfd_vma l;
5079 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
5080 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
5081 unsigned int lo;
5082
5083 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
5084 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
5085 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
5086 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
5087 the LO16 value.)
5088
5089 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. */
5090 if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
5091 lo = R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16;
5092 else
5093 lo = R_MIPS_LO16;
5094 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd, lo,
5095 rel, relend);
5096 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
5097 return false;
5098
5099 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
5a659663 5100 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, lo, false);
b49e97c9
TS
5101 l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto, lo16_relocation,
5102 input_bfd, contents);
5103 l &= lo16_howto->src_mask;
5a659663 5104 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
b49e97c9
TS
5105 l = mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
5106
5107 addend <<= 16;
5108
5109 /* Compute the combined addend. */
5110 addend += l;
5111
5112 /* If PC-relative, subtract the difference between the
5113 address of the LO part of the reloc and the address of
5114 the HI part. The relocation is relative to the LO
5115 part, but mips_elf_calculate_relocation() doesn't
5116 know its address or the difference from the HI part, so
5117 we subtract that difference here. See also the
5118 comment in mips_elf_calculate_relocation(). */
5119 if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
5120 addend -= (lo16_relocation->r_offset - rel->r_offset);
5121 }
5122 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
5123 {
5124 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
5125 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
5126 format. */
5127 addend = (((addend & 0x1f0000) >> 5)
5128 | ((addend & 0x7e00000) >> 16)
5129 | (addend & 0x1f));
5130 }
5131 }
5132 else
5133 addend = rel->r_addend;
5134 }
5135
5136 if (info->relocateable)
5137 {
5138 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5139 unsigned long r_symndx;
5140
4a14403c 5141 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
b49e97c9
TS
5142 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
5143 rel->r_offset -= 4;
5144
5145 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
5146 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
5147 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
5148 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
5149 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
5150 that we're adjusting GP in this relocateable object. */
5151
5152 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections,
5153 false))
5154 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
5155 continue;
5156
5157 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
5158 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
5159 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
5160 || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
5161 addend -= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
5162 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd));
b49e97c9
TS
5163
5164 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
5165 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
5166 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
5167 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
5168 addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
5169
5a659663
TS
5170 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5171 {
5172 /* If the relocation is for a R_MIPS_HI16 or R_MIPS_GOT16,
5173 then we only want to write out the high-order 16 bits.
5174 The subsequent R_MIPS_LO16 will handle the low-order bits.
5175 */
5176 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
5177 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
5178 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
5179 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
5180 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
5181 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
5182 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
5183 }
b49e97c9
TS
5184
5185 if (rela_relocation_p)
5186 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend.
5187 We have to cast away constness for REL. */
5188 rel->r_addend = addend;
5189 else
5190 {
5191 /* Otherwise, we have to write the value back out. Note
5192 that we use the source mask, rather than the
5193 destination mask because the place to which we are
5194 writing will be source of the addend in the final
5195 link. */
5a659663 5196 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
b49e97c9
TS
5197 addend &= howto->src_mask;
5198
5a659663 5199 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
b49e97c9
TS
5200 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
5201 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
5202 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
5203 but for endianness. */
5204 {
5205 bfd_vma sign_bits;
5206 bfd_vma low_bits;
5207 bfd_vma high_bits;
5208
5209 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
5210#ifdef BFD64
5211 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
5212#else
5213 sign_bits = -1;
5214#endif
5215 else
5216 sign_bits = 0;
5217
5218 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
5219 do two separate stores. */
5220 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
5221 {
5222 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
5223 first. */
5224 low_bits = sign_bits;
5225 high_bits = addend;
5226 }
5227 else
5228 {
5229 low_bits = addend;
5230 high_bits = sign_bits;
5231 }
5232 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
5233 contents + rel->r_offset);
5234 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
5235 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
5236 continue;
5237 }
5238
5239 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
5240 input_bfd, input_section,
5241 contents, false))
5242 return false;
5243 }
5244
5245 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
5246 continue;
5247 }
5248
5249 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
5250 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
5251 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
5252 for the next. */
5253 if (rel + 1 < relend
5254 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
5255 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
5256 use_saved_addend_p = true;
5257 else
5258 use_saved_addend_p = false;
5259
5a659663
TS
5260 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
5261
b49e97c9
TS
5262 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
5263 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
5264 input_section, info, rel,
5265 addend, howto, local_syms,
5266 local_sections, &value,
bce03d3d
AO
5267 &name, &require_jalx,
5268 use_saved_addend_p))
b49e97c9
TS
5269 {
5270 case bfd_reloc_continue:
5271 /* There's nothing to do. */
5272 continue;
5273
5274 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
5275 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
5276 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
5277 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
5278 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
5279 continue;
5280
5281 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
5282 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
5283 info->callbacks->warning
5284 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
5285 return false;
5286
5287 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5288 if (use_saved_addend_p)
5289 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
5290 a given location. */
5291 ;
5292 else
5293 {
5294 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
5295 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5296 (info, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
5297 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
5298 return false;
5299 }
5300 break;
5301
5302 case bfd_reloc_ok:
5303 break;
5304
5305 default:
5306 abort ();
5307 break;
5308 }
5309
5310 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
5311 until we reach the last one. */
5312 if (use_saved_addend_p)
5313 {
5314 addend = value;
5315 continue;
5316 }
5317
4a14403c 5318 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
b49e97c9
TS
5319 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
5320 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
5321 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
5322 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
5323 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
5324 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
5325 only a 32-bit VMA. */
5326 {
5327 bfd_vma sign_bits;
5328 bfd_vma low_bits;
5329 bfd_vma high_bits;
5330
5331 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
5332#ifdef BFD64
5333 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
5334#else
5335 sign_bits = -1;
5336#endif
5337 else
5338 sign_bits = 0;
5339
5340 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
5341 do two separate stores. */
5342 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
5343 {
5344 /* Undo what we did above. */
5345 rel->r_offset -= 4;
5346 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
5347 first. */
5348 low_bits = sign_bits;
5349 high_bits = value;
5350 }
5351 else
5352 {
5353 low_bits = value;
5354 high_bits = sign_bits;
5355 }
5356 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
5357 contents + rel->r_offset);
5358 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
5359 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
5360 continue;
5361 }
5362
5363 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
5364 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
5365 input_bfd, input_section,
5366 contents, require_jalx))
5367 return false;
5368 }
5369
5370 return true;
5371}
5372\f
5373/* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
5374 adjust it appropriately now. */
5375
5376static void
5377mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (abfd, name, sym)
5378 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5379 const char *name;
5380 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5381{
5382 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
5383 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
5384 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
5385 "_ftext",
5386 "_etext",
5387 "__dso_displacement",
5388 "__elf_header",
5389 "__program_header_table",
5390 NULL
5391 };
5392
5393 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
5394 "_fdata",
5395 "_edata",
5396 "_end",
5397 "_fbss",
5398 NULL
5399 };
5400
5401 const char* const *p;
5402 int i;
5403
5404 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
5405 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
5406 *p;
5407 ++p)
5408 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
5409 {
5410 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
5411 IRIX6 linker. */
5412 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
5413
5414 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
5415 if (i == 0)
5416 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
5417 else
5418 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
5419
5420 break;
5421 }
5422}
5423
5424/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
5425 dynamic sections here. */
5426
5427boolean
5428_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, info, h, sym)
5429 bfd *output_bfd;
5430 struct bfd_link_info *info;
5431 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5432 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5433{
5434 bfd *dynobj;
5435 bfd_vma gval;
5436 asection *sgot;
5437 asection *smsym;
5438 struct mips_got_info *g;
5439 const char *name;
5440 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
5441
5442 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5443 gval = sym->st_value;
5444 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5445
5446 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
5447 {
5448 asection *s;
5449 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE];
5450
5451 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
5452
5453 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
5454
5455 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
5456 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
5457 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5458
5459 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
5460 if (h->dynindx & 0xffff0000)
5461 return false;
5462
5463 /* Fill the stub. */
5464 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub);
5465 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + 4);
5466 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + 8);
5467 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd) + h->dynindx, stub + 12);
5468
5469 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->_raw_size);
5470 memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
5471
5472 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
5473 only for the referenced symbol. */
5474 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
5475
5476 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
5477 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
5478 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
5479 gval = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset + h->plt.offset;
5480 sym->st_value = gval;
5481 }
5482
5483 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
5484 || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0);
5485
5486 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj);
5487 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
5488 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
5489 g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (sgot)->tdata;
5490 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
5491
5492 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
5493 the symbols that need them. */
5494 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
5495 && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
5496 {
5497 bfd_vma offset;
5498 bfd_vma value;
5499
5500 if (sym->st_value)
5501 value = sym->st_value;
5502 else
5503 {
5504 /* For an entity defined in a shared object, this will be
5505 NULL. (For functions in shared objects for
5506 which we have created stubs, ST_VALUE will be non-NULL.
5507 That's because such the functions are now no longer defined
5508 in a shared object.) */
5509
5510 if (info->shared && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5511 value = 0;
5512 else
5513 value = h->root.u.def.value;
5514 }
5515 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, h);
5516 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
5517 }
5518
5519 /* Create a .msym entry, if appropriate. */
5520 smsym = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".msym");
5521 if (smsym)
5522 {
5523 Elf32_Internal_Msym msym;
5524
5525 msym.ms_hash_value = bfd_elf_hash (h->root.root.string);
5526 /* It is undocumented what the `1' indicates, but IRIX6 uses
5527 this value. */
5528 msym.ms_info = ELF32_MS_INFO (mh->min_dyn_reloc_index, 1);
5529 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
5530 (dynobj, &msym,
5531 ((Elf32_External_Msym *) smsym->contents) + h->dynindx);
5532 }
5533
5534 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
5535 name = h->root.root.string;
5536 if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
5537 || strcmp (name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
5538 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
5539 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
5540 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5541 {
5542 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
5543 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
5544 sym->st_value = 1;
5545 }
4a14403c 5546 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
b49e97c9
TS
5547 {
5548 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
5549 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
5550 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
5551 }
5552 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5553 {
5554 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
5555 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
5556 {
5557 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
5558 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
5559 sym->st_value = 0;
5560 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
5561 }
5562 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
5563 {
5564 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
5565 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
5566 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
5567 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
5568 }
5569 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
5570 {
5571 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
5572 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
5573 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
5574 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
5575 }
5576 }
5577
5578 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
5579 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
5580 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
5581
5582 if (! info->shared)
5583 {
5584 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
5585 && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0
5586 || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
5587 {
5588 asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map");
5589 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5590 sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
5591 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, s->contents);
5592 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0)
5593 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
5594 }
5595 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
5596 && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
5597 {
5598 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
5599 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5
5600 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none)
5601 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map")
5602 != NULL);
5603 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
5604 }
5605 }
5606
5607 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
5608 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16
5609 && (sym->st_value & 1) != 0)
5610 --sym->st_value;
5611
5612 return true;
5613}
5614
5615/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
5616
5617boolean
5618_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
5619 bfd *output_bfd;
5620 struct bfd_link_info *info;
5621{
5622 bfd *dynobj;
5623 asection *sdyn;
5624 asection *sgot;
5625 struct mips_got_info *g;
5626
5627 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5628
5629 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
5630
5631 sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
5632 if (sgot == NULL)
5633 g = NULL;
5634 else
5635 {
5636 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
5637 g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (sgot)->tdata;
5638 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
5639 }
5640
5641 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5642 {
5643 bfd_byte *b;
5644
5645 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
5646 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
5647
5648 for (b = sdyn->contents;
5649 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->_raw_size;
5650 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
5651 {
5652 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
5653 const char *name;
5654 size_t elemsize;
5655 asection *s;
5656 boolean swap_out_p;
5657
5658 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
5659 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
5660
5661 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
5662 swap_out_p = true;
5663
5664 switch (dyn.d_tag)
5665 {
5666 case DT_RELENT:
5667 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.dyn"));
5668 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5669 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
5670 break;
5671
5672 case DT_STRSZ:
5673 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
5674 dyn.d_un.d_val =
5675 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
5676 break;
5677
5678 case DT_PLTGOT:
5679 name = ".got";
5680 goto get_vma;
5681 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
5682 name = ".conflict";
5683 goto get_vma;
5684 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
5685 name = ".liblist";
5686 get_vma:
5687 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
5688 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5689 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
5690 break;
5691
5692 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
5693 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
5694 break;
5695
5696 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
5697 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
5698 break;
5699
5700 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
5701 name = ".conflict";
5702 elemsize = sizeof (Elf32_Conflict);
5703 goto set_elemno;
5704
5705 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
5706 name = ".liblist";
5707 elemsize = sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
5708 set_elemno:
5709 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
5710 if (s != NULL)
5711 {
5712 if (s->_cooked_size != 0)
5713 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_cooked_size / elemsize;
5714 else
5715 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_raw_size / elemsize;
5716 }
5717 else
5718 dyn.d_un.d_val = 0;
5719 break;
5720
5721 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
5722 time ((time_t *) &dyn.d_un.d_val);
5723 break;
5724
5725 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
5726 /* XXX FIXME: */
5727 swap_out_p = false;
5728 break;
5729
5730 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
5731 /* XXX FIXME: */
5732 swap_out_p = false;
5733 break;
5734
5735 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
5736 s = output_bfd->sections;
5737 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5738 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
5739 break;
5740
5741 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
5742 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
5743 break;
5744
5745 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
5746 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
5747 entry of the first external symbol that is not
5748 referenced within the same object. */
5749 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
5750 break;
5751
5752 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
5753 if (g->global_gotsym)
5754 {
5755 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
5756 break;
5757 }
5758 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
5759 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
5760 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
5761
5762 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
5763 name = ".dynsym";
5764 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
5765 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
5766 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5767
5768 if (s->_cooked_size != 0)
5769 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_cooked_size / elemsize;
5770 else
5771 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_raw_size / elemsize;
5772 break;
5773
5774 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
5775 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
5776 break;
5777
5778 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
5779 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
5780 break;
5781
5782 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
5783 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
5784 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
5785 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
5786 break;
5787
5788 case DT_MIPS_MSYM:
5789 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".msym"));
5790 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
5791 break;
5792
5793 default:
5794 swap_out_p = false;
5795 break;
5796 }
5797
5798 if (swap_out_p)
5799 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
5800 (dynobj, &dyn, b);
5801 }
5802 }
5803
5804 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
5805 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
8dc1a139 5806 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
b49e97c9
TS
5807 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->_raw_size > 0)
5808 {
5809 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
5810 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x80000000,
5811 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
5812 }
5813
5814 if (sgot != NULL)
5815 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
5816 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
5817
5818 {
5819 asection *smsym;
5820 asection *s;
5821 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
5822
5823 /* ??? The section symbols for the output sections were set up in
5824 _bfd_elf_final_link. SGI sets the STT_NOTYPE attribute for these
5825 symbols. Should we do so? */
5826
5827 smsym = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".msym");
5828 if (smsym != NULL)
5829 {
5830 Elf32_Internal_Msym msym;
5831
5832 msym.ms_hash_value = 0;
5833 msym.ms_info = ELF32_MS_INFO (0, 1);
5834
5835 for (s = output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5836 {
5837 long dynindx = elf_section_data (s)->dynindx;
5838
5839 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
5840 (output_bfd, &msym,
5841 (((Elf32_External_Msym *) smsym->contents)
5842 + dynindx));
5843 }
5844 }
5845
5846 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
5847 {
5848 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
5849 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
5850 if (s != NULL)
5851 {
5852 cpt.id1 = 1;
5853 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
5854 cpt.id2 = 2;
5855 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
5856 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
5857 cpt.reserved0 = 0;
5858 cpt.reserved1 = 0;
5859 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
5860 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
5861 s->contents));
5862
5863 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
5864 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
5865 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
5866 if (s != NULL)
5867 {
5868 file_ptr dummy_offset;
5869
5870 BFD_ASSERT (s->_raw_size >= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
5871 dummy_offset = s->_raw_size - MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
5872 memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
5873 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
5874 }
5875 }
5876 }
5877
5878 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
5879
5880 if (!ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
5881 {
5882 asection *reldyn;
5883
5884 reldyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.dyn");
5885 if (reldyn != NULL && reldyn->reloc_count > 2)
5886 {
5887 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
5888 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) reldyn->contents + 1,
5889 (size_t) reldyn->reloc_count - 1,
5890 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs);
5891 }
5892 }
5893
5894 /* Clean up a first relocation in .rel.dyn. */
5895 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.dyn");
5896 if (s != NULL && s->_raw_size > 0)
5897 memset (s->contents, 0, MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
5898 }
5899
5900 return true;
5901}
5902
5903/* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
5904 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
5905 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5906
5907void
5908_bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (abfd, linker)
5909 bfd *abfd;
5910 boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5911{
5912 unsigned long val;
5913 unsigned int i;
5914 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
5915 const char *name;
5916 asection *sec;
5917
5918 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
5919 {
5920 default:
5921 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
5922 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
5923 break;
5924
5925 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
5926 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
5927 break;
5928
5929 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
5930 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
5931 break;
5932
5933 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
5934 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
5935 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
5936 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
5937 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
5938 break;
5939
5940 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
5941 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
5942 break;
5943
5944 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
5945 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
5946 break;
5947
5948 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
5949 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
5950 break;
5951
00707a0e
RS
5952 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
5953 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
5954 break;
5955
b49e97c9
TS
5956 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
5957 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
5958 break;
5959
00707a0e
RS
5960 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
5961 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
5962 break;
5963
5964 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
5965 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
5966 break;
5967
b49e97c9
TS
5968 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
5969 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
5970 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
5971 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
5972 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
5973 break;
5974
5975 case bfd_mach_mips5:
5976 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
5977 break;
5978
5979 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
5980 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
5981 break;
5982
5983 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
5984 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
5985 break;
5986
5987 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
5988 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
5989 }
5990
5991 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
5992 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
5993
5994 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
5995 info for each special section. */
5996 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
5997 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
5998 i++, hdrpp++)
5999 {
6000 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
6001 {
6002 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
6003 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
6004 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
6005 if (sec != NULL)
6006 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
6007 break;
6008
6009 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
6010 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
6011 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
6012 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
6013 && strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
6014 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
6015 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
6016 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
6017 break;
6018
6019 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
6020 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
6021 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
6022 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
6023 && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content",
6024 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
6025 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
6026 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
6027 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
6028 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
6029 break;
6030
6031 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
6032 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
6033 if (sec != NULL)
6034 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
6035 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
6036 if (sec != NULL)
6037 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
6038 break;
6039
6040 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
6041 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
6042 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
6043 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
6044 if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
6045 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
6046 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
6047 else
6048 {
6049 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
6050 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
6051 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
6052 (name
6053 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
6054 }
6055 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
6056 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
6057 break;
6058
6059 }
6060 }
6061}
6062\f
8dc1a139 6063/* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
b49e97c9
TS
6064 segments. */
6065
6066int
6067_bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (abfd)
6068 bfd *abfd;
6069{
6070 asection *s;
6071 int ret = 0;
6072
6073 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
6074 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
6075 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
6076 ++ret;
6077
6078 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
6079 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
6080 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
6081 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
6082 ++ret;
6083
6084 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
6085 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
6086 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
6087 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
6088 ++ret;
6089
6090 return ret;
6091}
6092
8dc1a139 6093/* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
b49e97c9
TS
6094
6095boolean
6096_bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (abfd)
6097 bfd *abfd;
6098{
6099 asection *s;
6100 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
6101 bfd_size_type amt;
6102
6103 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
6104 segment. */
6105 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
6106 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
6107 {
6108 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
6109 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
6110 break;
6111 if (m == NULL)
6112 {
6113 amt = sizeof *m;
6114 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6115 if (m == NULL)
6116 return false;
6117
6118 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
6119 m->count = 1;
6120 m->sections[0] = s;
6121
6122 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
6123 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
6124 while (*pm != NULL
6125 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
6126 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
6127 pm = &(*pm)->next;
6128
6129 m->next = *pm;
6130 *pm = m;
6131 }
6132 }
6133
6134 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
6135 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
44c410de 6136 PT_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
b49e97c9 6137 table. */
44c410de 6138 if (NEWABI_P (abfd))
b49e97c9
TS
6139 {
6140 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
6141 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
6142 break;
6143
6144 if (s)
6145 {
6146 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
6147
6148 /* Usually, there's a program header table. But, sometimes
6149 there's not (like when running the `ld' testsuite). So,
6150 if there's no program header table, we just put the
44c410de 6151 options segment at the end. */
b49e97c9
TS
6152 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
6153 *pm != NULL;
6154 pm = &(*pm)->next)
6155 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR)
6156 break;
6157
6158 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6159 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6160 options_segment->next = *pm;
6161 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
6162 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
6163 options_segment->p_flags_valid = true;
6164 options_segment->count = 1;
6165 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
6166 *pm = options_segment;
6167 }
6168 }
6169 else
6170 {
6171 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
6172 {
6173 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
6174 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
6175 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
6176 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
6177 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
6178 {
6179 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
6180 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
6181 break;
6182 if (m == NULL)
6183 {
6184 amt = sizeof *m;
6185 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6186 if (m == NULL)
6187 return false;
6188
6189 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
6190
6191 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
6192 if (s == NULL)
6193 {
6194 m->count = 0;
6195 m->p_flags = 0;
6196 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
6197 }
6198 else
6199 {
6200 m->count = 1;
6201 m->sections[0] = s;
6202 }
6203
6204 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
6205 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
6206 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
6207 pm = &(*pm)->next;
6208 if (*pm != NULL)
6209 pm = &(*pm)->next;
6210
6211 m->next = *pm;
6212 *pm = m;
6213 }
6214 }
6215 }
8dc1a139 6216 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
b49e97c9
TS
6217 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
6218 between. */
6219 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
6220 pm = &(*pm)->next)
6221 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
6222 break;
6223 m = *pm;
6224 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
6225 {
6226 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
6227 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
6228 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
6229 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
6230 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
6231 {
6232 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
6233 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
6234 }
6235 }
6236 if (m != NULL
6237 && m->count == 1 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
6238 {
6239 static const char *sec_names[] =
6240 {
6241 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
6242 };
6243 bfd_vma low, high;
6244 unsigned int i, c;
6245 struct elf_segment_map *n;
6246
6247 low = 0xffffffff;
6248 high = 0;
6249 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
6250 {
6251 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
6252 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
6253 {
6254 bfd_size_type sz;
6255
6256 if (low > s->vma)
6257 low = s->vma;
6258 sz = s->_cooked_size;
6259 if (sz == 0)
6260 sz = s->_raw_size;
6261 if (high < s->vma + sz)
6262 high = s->vma + sz;
6263 }
6264 }
6265
6266 c = 0;
6267 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6268 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6269 && s->vma >= low
6270 && ((s->vma
6271 + (s->_cooked_size !=
6272 0 ? s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high))
6273 ++c;
6274
6275 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6276 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6277 if (n == NULL)
6278 return false;
6279 *n = *m;
6280 n->count = c;
6281
6282 i = 0;
6283 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6284 {
6285 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6286 && s->vma >= low
6287 && ((s->vma
6288 + (s->_cooked_size != 0 ?
6289 s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high))
6290 {
6291 n->sections[i] = s;
6292 ++i;
6293 }
6294 }
6295
6296 *pm = n;
6297 }
6298 }
6299
6300 return true;
6301}
6302\f
6303/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
6304 relocation. */
6305
6306asection *
1e2f5b6e
AM
6307_bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym)
6308 asection *sec;
b49e97c9
TS
6309 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6310 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6311 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6312 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
6313{
6314 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
6315
6316 if (h != NULL)
6317 {
1e2f5b6e 6318 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
b49e97c9
TS
6319 {
6320 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6321 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
6322 break;
6323
6324 default:
6325 switch (h->root.type)
6326 {
6327 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
6328 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
6329 return h->root.u.def.section;
6330
6331 case bfd_link_hash_common:
6332 return h->root.u.c.p->section;
6333
6334 default:
6335 break;
6336 }
6337 }
6338 }
6339 else
1e2f5b6e 6340 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec->owner, sym->st_shndx);
b49e97c9
TS
6341
6342 return NULL;
6343}
6344
6345/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
6346
6347boolean
6348_bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
6349 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6350 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6351 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6352 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6353{
6354#if 0
6355 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6356 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6357 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
6358 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
6359 unsigned long r_symndx;
6360 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6361
6362 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6363 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
6364 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
6365
6366 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
6367 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
6368 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
6369 {
6370 case R_MIPS_GOT16:
6371 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
6372 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
6373 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
6374 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
6375 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
4a14403c
TS
6376 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
6377 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6378 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
b49e97c9
TS
6379 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
6380 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
6381 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
6382 break;
6383
6384 default:
6385 break;
6386 }
6387#endif
6388
6389 return true;
6390}
6391\f
6392/* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
6393 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
6394 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
6395 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
6396
6397void
b48fa14c
AM
6398_bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (bed, dir, ind)
6399 struct elf_backend_data *bed;
b49e97c9
TS
6400 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, *ind;
6401{
6402 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
6403
b48fa14c 6404 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed, dir, ind);
b49e97c9
TS
6405
6406 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
6407 return;
6408
6409 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
6410 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
6411 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
6412 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
6413 dirmips->readonly_reloc = true;
6414 if (dirmips->min_dyn_reloc_index == 0
6415 || (indmips->min_dyn_reloc_index != 0
6416 && indmips->min_dyn_reloc_index < dirmips->min_dyn_reloc_index))
6417 dirmips->min_dyn_reloc_index = indmips->min_dyn_reloc_index;
6418 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
6419 dirmips->no_fn_stub = true;
6420}
6421
6422void
6423_bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, entry, force_local)
6424 struct bfd_link_info *info;
6425 struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry;
6426 boolean force_local;
6427{
6428 bfd *dynobj;
6429 asection *got;
6430 struct mips_got_info *g;
6431 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7c5fcef7 6432
b49e97c9 6433 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
7c5fcef7
L
6434 if (h->forced_local)
6435 return;
6436 h->forced_local = true;
6437
b49e97c9
TS
6438 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6439 got = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
6440 g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (got)->tdata;
6441
6442 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
6443
6444 /* FIXME: Do we allocate too much GOT space here? */
6445 g->local_gotno++;
6446 got->_raw_size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
6447}
6448\f
d01414a5
TS
6449#define PDR_SIZE 32
6450
6451boolean
6452_bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (abfd, cookie, info)
6453 bfd *abfd;
6454 struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie;
6455 struct bfd_link_info *info;
6456{
6457 asection *o;
6458 boolean ret = false;
6459 unsigned char *tdata;
6460 size_t i, skip;
6461
6462 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
6463 if (! o)
6464 return false;
6465 if (o->_raw_size == 0)
6466 return false;
6467 if (o->_raw_size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
6468 return false;
6469 if (o->output_section != NULL
6470 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
6471 return false;
6472
6473 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->_raw_size / PDR_SIZE);
6474 if (! tdata)
6475 return false;
6476
6477 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf32_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, (PTR) NULL,
6478 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
6479 info->keep_memory);
6480 if (!cookie->rels)
6481 {
6482 free (tdata);
6483 return false;
6484 }
6485
6486 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
6487 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
6488
6489 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->_raw_size; i ++)
6490 {
6491 if (_bfd_elf32_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
6492 {
6493 tdata[i] = 1;
6494 skip ++;
6495 }
6496 }
6497
6498 if (skip != 0)
6499 {
6500 elf_section_data (o)->tdata = tdata;
6501 o->_cooked_size = o->_raw_size - skip * PDR_SIZE;
6502 ret = true;
6503 }
6504 else
6505 free (tdata);
6506
6507 if (! info->keep_memory)
6508 free (cookie->rels);
6509
6510 return ret;
6511}
6512
53bfd6b4
MR
6513boolean
6514_bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (sec)
6515 asection *sec;
6516{
6517 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
6518 return true;
6519 return false;
6520}
d01414a5
TS
6521
6522boolean
6523_bfd_mips_elf_write_section (output_bfd, sec, contents)
6524 bfd *output_bfd;
6525 asection *sec;
6526 bfd_byte *contents;
6527{
6528 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
6529 int i;
6530
6531 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
6532 return false;
6533
6534 if (elf_section_data (sec)->tdata == NULL)
6535 return false;
6536
6537 to = contents;
6538 end = contents + sec->_raw_size;
6539 for (from = contents, i = 0;
6540 from < end;
6541 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
6542 {
6543 if (((unsigned char *) elf_section_data (sec)->tdata)[i] == 1)
6544 continue;
6545 if (to != from)
6546 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
6547 to += PDR_SIZE;
6548 }
6549 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
6550 (file_ptr) sec->output_offset,
6551 sec->_cooked_size);
6552 return true;
6553}
53bfd6b4 6554\f
b49e97c9
TS
6555/* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
6556 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
6557
6558struct mips_elf_find_line
6559{
6560 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
6561 struct ecoff_find_line i;
6562};
6563
6564boolean
6565_bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, filename_ptr,
6566 functionname_ptr, line_ptr)
6567 bfd *abfd;
6568 asection *section;
6569 asymbol **symbols;
6570 bfd_vma offset;
6571 const char **filename_ptr;
6572 const char **functionname_ptr;
6573 unsigned int *line_ptr;
6574{
6575 asection *msec;
6576
6577 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6578 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6579 line_ptr))
6580 return true;
6581
6582 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6583 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6584 line_ptr,
6585 (unsigned) (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0),
6586 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
6587 return true;
6588
6589 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
6590 if (msec != NULL)
6591 {
6592 flagword origflags;
6593 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
6594 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
6595 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
6596
6597 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
6598 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
6599 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
6600 origflags = msec->flags;
6601 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
6602 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
6603
6604 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
6605 if (fi == NULL)
6606 {
6607 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
6608 char *fraw_src;
6609 char *fraw_end;
6610 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
6611 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
6612
6613 fi = (struct mips_elf_find_line *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6614 if (fi == NULL)
6615 {
6616 msec->flags = origflags;
6617 return false;
6618 }
6619
6620 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
6621 {
6622 msec->flags = origflags;
6623 return false;
6624 }
6625
6626 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
6627 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
6628 fi->d.fdr = (struct fdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
6629 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
6630 {
6631 msec->flags = origflags;
6632 return false;
6633 }
6634 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
6635 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
6636 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
6637 fraw_end = (fraw_src
6638 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
6639 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
6640 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, (PTR) fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
6641
6642 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
6643
6644 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
6645 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
6646 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
6647 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
6648 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
6649 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
6650 }
6651
6652 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
6653 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6654 line_ptr))
6655 {
6656 msec->flags = origflags;
6657 return true;
6658 }
6659
6660 msec->flags = origflags;
6661 }
6662
6663 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
6664
6665 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6666 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6667 line_ptr);
6668}
6669\f
6670/* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
6671 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
6672 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
6673
6674boolean
6675_bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
6676 bfd *abfd;
6677 sec_ptr section;
6678 PTR location;
6679 file_ptr offset;
6680 bfd_size_type count;
6681{
6682 if (strcmp (section->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
6683 {
6684 bfd_byte *c;
6685
6686 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
6687 {
6688 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
6689 section->used_by_bfd = (PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6690 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
6691 return false;
6692 }
6693 c = (bfd_byte *) elf_section_data (section)->tdata;
6694 if (c == NULL)
6695 {
6696 bfd_size_type size;
6697
6698 if (section->_cooked_size != 0)
6699 size = section->_cooked_size;
6700 else
6701 size = section->_raw_size;
6702 c = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6703 if (c == NULL)
6704 return false;
6705 elf_section_data (section)->tdata = (PTR) c;
6706 }
6707
6708 memcpy (c + offset, location, (size_t) count);
6709 }
6710
6711 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
6712 count);
6713}
6714
6715/* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
6716 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
6717
6718bfd_byte *
6719_bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
6720 data, relocateable, symbols)
6721 bfd *abfd;
6722 struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
6723 struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
6724 bfd_byte *data;
6725 boolean relocateable;
6726 asymbol **symbols;
6727{
6728 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
6729 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
6730 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
6731
6732 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
6733 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
6734 long reloc_count;
6735
6736 if (reloc_size < 0)
6737 goto error_return;
6738
6739 reloc_vector = (arelent **) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) reloc_size);
6740 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
6741 goto error_return;
6742
6743 /* read in the section */
6744 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd,
6745 input_section,
6746 (PTR) data,
6747 (file_ptr) 0,
6748 input_section->_raw_size))
6749 goto error_return;
6750
6751 /* We're not relaxing the section, so just copy the size info */
6752 input_section->_cooked_size = input_section->_raw_size;
6753 input_section->reloc_done = true;
6754
6755 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
6756 input_section,
6757 reloc_vector,
6758 symbols);
6759 if (reloc_count < 0)
6760 goto error_return;
6761
6762 if (reloc_count > 0)
6763 {
6764 arelent **parent;
6765 /* for mips */
6766 int gp_found;
6767 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
6768
6769 {
6770 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
6771 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
6772 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
6773 if (abfd && input_bfd
6774 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
6775 lh = 0;
6776 else
6777 {
6778 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", false, false);
6779 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
6780 }
6781 lookup:
6782 if (lh)
6783 {
6784 switch (lh->type)
6785 {
6786 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
6787 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
6788 case bfd_link_hash_common:
6789 gp_found = 0;
6790 break;
6791 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
6792 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
6793 gp_found = 1;
6794 gp = lh->u.def.value;
6795 break;
6796 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
6797 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
6798 lh = lh->u.i.link;
6799 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
6800 goto lookup;
6801 case bfd_link_hash_new:
6802 default:
6803 abort ();
6804 }
6805 }
6806 else
6807 gp_found = 0;
6808 }
6809 /* end mips */
6810 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != (arelent *) NULL;
6811 parent++)
6812 {
6813 char *error_message = (char *) NULL;
6814 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6815
6816 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
6817 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
6818 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
6819 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section) && abfd)
6820 {
44c410de 6821 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
b49e97c9
TS
6822 }
6823 else if (!gp_found)
6824 {
6825 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
6826 fall over on its own. */
6827 }
6828 else if ((*parent)->howto->special_function
6829 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
6830 {
6831 /* bypass special_function call */
6832 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
6833 input_section, relocateable,
6834 (PTR) data, gp);
6835 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation;
6836 }
6837 /* end mips specific stuff */
6838
6839 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd,
6840 *parent,
6841 (PTR) data,
6842 input_section,
6843 relocateable ? abfd : (bfd *) NULL,
6844 &error_message);
6845 skip_bfd_perform_relocation:
6846
6847 if (relocateable)
6848 {
6849 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
6850
6851 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
6852 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
6853 os->reloc_count++;
6854 }
6855
6856 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
6857 {
6858 switch (r)
6859 {
6860 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
6861 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
6862 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
6863 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address,
6864 true)))
6865 goto error_return;
6866 break;
6867 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
6868 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != (char *) NULL);
6869 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
6870 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
6871 (*parent)->address)))
6872 goto error_return;
6873 break;
6874 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
6875 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
6876 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
6877 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
6878 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
6879 goto error_return;
6880 break;
6881 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
6882 default:
6883 abort ();
6884 break;
6885 }
6886
6887 }
6888 }
6889 }
6890 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
6891 free (reloc_vector);
6892 return data;
6893
6894error_return:
6895 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
6896 free (reloc_vector);
6897 return NULL;
6898}
6899\f
6900/* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
6901
6902struct bfd_link_hash_table *
6903_bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd)
6904 bfd *abfd;
6905{
6906 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
6907 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
6908
e2d34d7d 6909 ret = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
b49e97c9
TS
6910 if (ret == (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) NULL)
6911 return NULL;
6912
6913 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
6914 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
6915 {
e2d34d7d 6916 free (ret);
b49e97c9
TS
6917 return NULL;
6918 }
6919
6920#if 0
6921 /* We no longer use this. */
6922 for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
6923 ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
6924#endif
6925 ret->procedure_count = 0;
6926 ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
6927 ret->use_rld_obj_head = false;
6928 ret->rld_value = 0;
6929 ret->mips16_stubs_seen = false;
6930
6931 return &ret->root.root;
6932}
6933\f
6934/* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
6935 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
6936 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
6937
6938boolean
6939_bfd_mips_elf_final_link (abfd, info)
6940 bfd *abfd;
6941 struct bfd_link_info *info;
6942{
6943 asection **secpp;
6944 asection *o;
6945 struct bfd_link_order *p;
6946 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
6947 asection *rtproc_sec;
6948 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
6949 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
6950 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap
6951 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
6952 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
6953 PTR mdebug_handle = NULL;
6954 asection *s;
6955 EXTR esym;
6956 unsigned int i;
6957 bfd_size_type amt;
6958
6959 static const char * const secname[] =
6960 {
6961 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
6962 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
6963 };
6964 static const int sc[] =
6965 {
6966 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
6967 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
6968 };
6969
6970 /* If all the things we linked together were PIC, but we're
6971 producing an executable (rather than a shared object), then the
6972 resulting file is CPIC (i.e., it calls PIC code.) */
6973 if (!info->shared
6974 && !info->relocateable
6975 && elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
6976 {
6977 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
6978 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
6979 }
6980
6981 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
6982 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
6983 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
6984 the sort again. */
6985 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
6986 {
6987 bfd *dynobj;
6988 asection *got;
6989 struct mips_got_info *g;
6990
6991 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
6992 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
6993 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
6994 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
6995 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
6996 section above. */
6997 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, (info->shared
6998 ? bfd_count_sections (abfd) + 1
6999 : 1)))
7000 return false;
7001
7002 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
7003 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7004 got = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
7005 g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (got)->tdata;
7006
7007 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
7008 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
7009 - g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
7010 <= g->global_gotno);
7011 }
7012
a902ee94
SC
7013#if 0
7014 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
b49e97c9
TS
7015 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
7016 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
7017 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
7018 better off including it then not. */
7019 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
7020 for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
7021 {
7022 if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
7023 {
7024 for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
7025 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
7026 p->u.indirect.section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7027 (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
7028 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
7029 --abfd->section_count;
7030
7031 break;
7032 }
7033 }
7034
7035 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
7036 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
7037 to be better off including it than not. */
7038 for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
7039 {
7040 if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
7041 {
7042 for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
7043 if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
7044 p->u.indirect.section->flags &=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7045 (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
7046 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
7047 --abfd->section_count;
7048
7049 break;
7050 }
7051 }
a902ee94 7052#endif
b49e97c9
TS
7053
7054 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
7055 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
7056 {
7057 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
7058
7059 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", false, false, true);
7060 if (h != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL
7061 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
7062 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
7063 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
7064 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
7065 else if (info->relocateable)
7066 {
7067 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
7068
7069 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
7070 for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
7071 if (o->vma < lo
7072 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
7073 lo = o->vma;
7074
7075 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
7076 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd);
7077 }
7078 else
7079 {
7080 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
7081 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
7082 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
7083 }
7084 }
7085
7086 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
7087 information. */
7088 reginfo_sec = NULL;
7089 mdebug_sec = NULL;
7090 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
7091 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
7092 for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
7093 {
7094 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
7095 {
7096 memset (&reginfo, 0, sizeof reginfo);
7097
7098 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
7099 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
7100 the information together. */
7101 for (p = o->link_order_head;
7102 p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
7103 p = p->next)
7104 {
7105 asection *input_section;
7106 bfd *input_bfd;
7107 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
7108 Elf32_RegInfo sub;
7109
7110 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
7111 {
7112 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
7113 continue;
7114 abort ();
7115 }
7116
7117 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
7118 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
7119
7120 /* The linker emulation code has probably clobbered the
7121 size to be zero bytes. */
7122 if (input_section->_raw_size == 0)
7123 input_section->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
7124
7125 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
7126 (PTR) &ext,
7127 (file_ptr) 0,
7128 (bfd_size_type) sizeof ext))
7129 return false;
7130
7131 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
7132
7133 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
7134 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
7135 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
7136 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
7137 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
7138
7139 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
7140 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
7141 finally written out. */
7142
7143 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
7144 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
7145 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7146 }
7147
7148 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
7149 BFD_ASSERT(o->_raw_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
7150
7151 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
7152 matters, but someday it might). */
7153 o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
7154
7155 reginfo_sec = o;
7156 }
7157
7158 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
7159 {
7160 struct extsym_info einfo;
7161 bfd_vma last;
7162
7163 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
7164 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
7165 the information together. */
7166 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
7167 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
7168 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
7169 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
7170 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
7171 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
7172 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
7173 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
7174 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
7175 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
7176 symhdr->issMax = 0;
7177 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
7178 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
7179 symhdr->crfd = 0;
7180 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
7181
7182 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
7183 debug_info structure. */
7184 debug.line = NULL;
7185 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
7186 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
7187 debug.external_sym = NULL;
7188 debug.external_opt = NULL;
7189 debug.external_aux = NULL;
7190 debug.ss = NULL;
7191 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
7192 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
7193 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
7194 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
7195
7196 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
7197 if (mdebug_handle == (PTR) NULL)
7198 return false;
7199
7200 esym.jmptbl = 0;
7201 esym.cobol_main = 0;
7202 esym.weakext = 0;
7203 esym.reserved = 0;
7204 esym.ifd = ifdNil;
7205 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
7206 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
7207 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
7208 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
7209 last = 0;
7210 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
7211 {
7212 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
7213 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
7214 if (s != NULL)
7215 {
7216 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
7217 last = s->vma + s->_raw_size;
7218 }
7219 else
7220 esym.asym.value = last;
7221 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
7222 secname[i], &esym))
7223 return false;
7224 }
7225
7226 for (p = o->link_order_head;
7227 p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
7228 p = p->next)
7229 {
7230 asection *input_section;
7231 bfd *input_bfd;
7232 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
7233 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
7234 char *eraw_src;
7235 char *eraw_end;
7236
7237 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
7238 {
7239 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
7240 continue;
7241 abort ();
7242 }
7243
7244 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
7245 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
7246
7247 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7248 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
7249 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL)
7250 {
7251 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
7252 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
7253 want to deal with it. */
7254 continue;
7255 }
7256
7257 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
7258 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
7259
7260 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->_raw_size);
7261
7262 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
7263 read in the debugging information and set up an
7264 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
7265 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
7266 &input_debug))
7267 return false;
7268
7269 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
7270 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
7271 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
7272 return false;
7273
7274 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
7275 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
7276 the linker global hash table and save the information
7277 for the output external symbols. */
7278 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
7279 eraw_end = (eraw_src
7280 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
7281 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
7282 for (;
7283 eraw_src < eraw_end;
7284 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
7285 {
7286 EXTR ext;
7287 const char *name;
7288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7289
7290 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, (PTR) eraw_src, &ext);
7291 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
7292 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
7293 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
7294 continue;
7295
7296 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
7297 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
7298 name, false, false, true);
7299 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
7300 continue;
7301
7302 if (ext.ifd != -1)
7303 {
7304 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
7305 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
7306 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
7307 }
7308
7309 h->esym = ext;
7310 }
7311
7312 /* Free up the information we just read. */
7313 free (input_debug.line);
7314 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
7315 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
7316 free (input_debug.external_sym);
7317 free (input_debug.external_opt);
7318 free (input_debug.external_aux);
7319 free (input_debug.ss);
7320 free (input_debug.ssext);
7321 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
7322 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
7323 free (input_debug.external_ext);
7324
7325 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
7326 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
7327 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7328 }
7329
7330 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
7331 {
7332 /* Create .rtproc section. */
7333 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
7334 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
7335 {
7336 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
7337 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
7338
7339 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
7340 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
7341 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, rtproc_sec, flags)
7342 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
7343 return false;
7344 }
7345
7346 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
7347 info, rtproc_sec,
7348 &debug))
7349 return false;
7350 }
7351
7352 /* Build the external symbol information. */
7353 einfo.abfd = abfd;
7354 einfo.info = info;
7355 einfo.debug = &debug;
7356 einfo.swap = swap;
7357 einfo.failed = false;
7358 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
7359 mips_elf_output_extsym,
7360 (PTR) &einfo);
7361 if (einfo.failed)
7362 return false;
7363
7364 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
7365 o->_raw_size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
7366
7367 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
7368 matters, but someday it might). */
7369 o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
7370
7371 mdebug_sec = o;
7372 }
7373
7374 if (strncmp (o->name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
7375 {
7376 const char *subname;
7377 unsigned int c;
7378 Elf32_gptab *tab;
7379 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
7380 unsigned int j;
7381
7382 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
7383 information describing how the small data area would
7384 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
7385 not used in executables files. */
7386 if (! info->relocateable)
7387 {
7388 for (p = o->link_order_head;
7389 p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
7390 p = p->next)
7391 {
7392 asection *input_section;
7393
7394 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
7395 {
7396 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
7397 continue;
7398 abort ();
7399 }
7400
7401 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
7402
7403 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
7404 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
7405 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7406 }
7407
7408 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
7409 currently matters, but someday it might). */
7410 o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
7411
7412 /* Really remove the section. */
7413 for (secpp = &abfd->sections;
7414 *secpp != o;
7415 secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
7416 ;
7417 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
7418 --abfd->section_count;
7419
7420 continue;
7421 }
7422
7423 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
7424 uninitialized data. */
7425 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
7426 gptab_data_sec = o;
7427 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
7428 gptab_bss_sec = o;
7429 else
7430 {
7431 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7432 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
7433 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
7434 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
7435 return false;
7436 }
7437
7438 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
7439 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
7440 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
7441 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
7442 case we must change the name of the output section. */
7443 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
7444 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
7445 {
7446 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
7447 o->name = ".gptab.data";
7448 else
7449 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
7450 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
7451 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
7452 }
7453
7454 /* Set up the first entry. */
7455 c = 1;
7456 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
7457 tab = (Elf32_gptab *) bfd_malloc (amt);
7458 if (tab == NULL)
7459 return false;
7460 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
7461 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
7462
7463 /* Combine the input sections. */
7464 for (p = o->link_order_head;
7465 p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
7466 p = p->next)
7467 {
7468 asection *input_section;
7469 bfd *input_bfd;
7470 bfd_size_type size;
7471 unsigned long last;
7472 bfd_size_type gpentry;
7473
7474 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
7475 {
7476 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
7477 continue;
7478 abort ();
7479 }
7480
7481 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
7482 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
7483
7484 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
7485 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
7486 sorted by ascending -G value. */
7487 size = bfd_section_size (input_bfd, input_section);
7488 last = 0;
7489 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
7490 gpentry < size;
7491 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
7492 {
7493 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
7494 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
7495 unsigned long val;
7496 unsigned long add;
7497 boolean exact;
7498 unsigned int look;
7499
7500 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
7501 (input_bfd, input_section, (PTR) &ext_gptab,
7502 (file_ptr) gpentry,
7503 (bfd_size_type) sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
7504 {
7505 free (tab);
7506 return false;
7507 }
7508
7509 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
7510 &int_gptab);
7511 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
7512 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
7513
7514 exact = false;
7515 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
7516 {
7517 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
7518 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
7519
7520 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
7521 exact = true;
7522 }
7523
7524 if (! exact)
7525 {
7526 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
7527 unsigned int max;
7528
7529 /* We need a new table entry. */
7530 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
7531 new_tab = (Elf32_gptab *) bfd_realloc ((PTR) tab, amt);
7532 if (new_tab == NULL)
7533 {
7534 free (tab);
7535 return false;
7536 }
7537 tab = new_tab;
7538 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
7539 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
7540
7541 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
7542 value, since that will be implied by this new
7543 value. */
7544 max = 0;
7545 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
7546 {
7547 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
7548 && (max == 0
7549 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
7550 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
7551 max = look;
7552 }
7553 if (max != 0)
7554 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
7555 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
7556
7557 ++c;
7558 }
7559
7560 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
7561 }
7562
7563 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
7564 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
7565 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7566 }
7567
7568 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
7569 if (c > 2)
7570 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
7571
7572 /* Swap out the table. */
7573 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
7574 ext_tab = (Elf32_External_gptab *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
7575 if (ext_tab == NULL)
7576 {
7577 free (tab);
7578 return false;
7579 }
7580
7581 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
7582 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
7583 free (tab);
7584
7585 o->_raw_size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
7586 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
7587
7588 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
7589 matters, but someday it might). */
7590 o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
7591 }
7592 }
7593
7594 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
7595 if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
7596 {
7597#ifdef BFD64
7598 if (!bfd_elf64_bfd_final_link (abfd, info))
7599 return false;
7600#else
7601 abort ();
7602 return false;
7603#endif /* BFD64 */
7604 }
7605 else if (!bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link (abfd, info))
7606 return false;
7607
7608 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
7609
7610 if (reginfo_sec != (asection *) NULL)
7611 {
7612 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
7613
7614 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, &reginfo, &ext);
7615 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, (PTR) &ext,
7616 (file_ptr) 0,
7617 (bfd_size_type) sizeof ext))
7618 return false;
7619 }
7620
7621 if (mdebug_sec != (asection *) NULL)
7622 {
7623 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
7624 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
7625 swap, info,
7626 mdebug_sec->filepos))
7627 return false;
7628
7629 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
7630 }
7631
7632 if (gptab_data_sec != (asection *) NULL)
7633 {
7634 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
7635 gptab_data_sec->contents,
7636 (file_ptr) 0,
7637 gptab_data_sec->_raw_size))
7638 return false;
7639 }
7640
7641 if (gptab_bss_sec != (asection *) NULL)
7642 {
7643 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
7644 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
7645 (file_ptr) 0,
7646 gptab_bss_sec->_raw_size))
7647 return false;
7648 }
7649
7650 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7651 {
7652 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
7653 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
7654 {
7655 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
7656 rtproc_sec->contents,
7657 (file_ptr) 0,
7658 rtproc_sec->_raw_size))
7659 return false;
7660 }
7661 }
7662
7663 return true;
7664}
7665\f
00707a0e
RS
7666/* Return true if machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE,
7667 meaning that it should be safe to link code for the two machines
7668 and set the output machine to EXTENSION. EXTENSION and BASE are
7669 both submasks of EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7670
7671static boolean
7672_bfd_mips_elf_mach_extends_p (base, extension)
7673 flagword base, extension;
7674{
7675 /* The vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core vr5400 ISA, but doesn't
7676 include the multimedia stuff. It seems better to allow vr5400
7677 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since many libraries will
7678 just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add some sort of ASE
7679 flag if this ever proves a problem. */
7680 return (base == 0
7681 || (base == E_MIPS_MACH_5400 && extension == E_MIPS_MACH_5500)
7682 || (base == E_MIPS_MACH_4100 && extension == E_MIPS_MACH_4111)
7683 || (base == E_MIPS_MACH_4100 && extension == E_MIPS_MACH_4120));
7684}
7685
b49e97c9
TS
7686/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
7687 object file when linking. */
7688
7689boolean
7690_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)
7691 bfd *ibfd;
7692 bfd *obfd;
7693{
7694 flagword old_flags;
7695 flagword new_flags;
7696 boolean ok;
7697 boolean null_input_bfd = true;
7698 asection *sec;
7699
7700 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
82e51918 7701 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
b49e97c9
TS
7702 return false;
7703
7704 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7705 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7706 return true;
7707
7708 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
7709 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
7710 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
7711
7712 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
7713 {
7714 elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
7715 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
7716 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
7717 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
7718
7719 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
7720 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
7721 {
7722 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
7723 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
7724 return false;
7725 }
7726
7727 return true;
7728 }
7729
7730 /* Check flag compatibility. */
7731
7732 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
7733 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
7734
7735 if (new_flags == old_flags)
7736 return true;
7737
7738 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
7739 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
7740 actually cause any incompatibility. */
7741 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7742 {
7743 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
7744 which are automatically generated by gas. */
7745 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
7746 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
7747 && ((!strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
7748 || !strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
7749 || !strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))
7750 && sec->_raw_size != 0))
7751 {
7752 null_input_bfd = false;
7753 break;
7754 }
7755 }
7756 if (null_input_bfd)
7757 return true;
7758
7759 ok = true;
7760
7761 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
7762 {
7763 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
7764 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
7765 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7766 (_("%s: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
7767 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
7768 ok = false;
7769 }
7770
7771 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC))
7772 {
7773 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_CPIC;
7774 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_CPIC;
7775 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7776 (_("%s: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
7777 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
7778 ok = false;
7779 }
7780
7781 /* Compare the ISA's. */
7782 if ((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH))
7783 != (old_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH)))
7784 {
7785 int new_mach = new_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH;
7786 int old_mach = old_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH;
7787 int new_isa = elf_mips_isa (new_flags);
7788 int old_isa = elf_mips_isa (old_flags);
7789
7790 /* If either has no machine specified, just compare the general isa's.
7791 Some combinations of machines are ok, if the isa's match. */
00707a0e
RS
7792 if (new_mach == old_mach
7793 || _bfd_mips_elf_mach_extends_p (new_mach, old_mach)
7794 || _bfd_mips_elf_mach_extends_p (old_mach, new_mach))
b49e97c9
TS
7795 {
7796 /* Don't warn about mixing code using 32-bit ISAs, or mixing code
7797 using 64-bit ISAs. They will normally use the same data sizes
7798 and calling conventions. */
7799
7800 if (( (new_isa == 1 || new_isa == 2 || new_isa == 32)
7801 ^ (old_isa == 1 || old_isa == 2 || old_isa == 32)) != 0)
7802 {
7803 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7804 (_("%s: ISA mismatch (-mips%d) with previous modules (-mips%d)"),
7805 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd), new_isa, old_isa);
7806 ok = false;
7807 }
7808 else
7809 {
7810 /* Do we need to update the mach field? */
00707a0e
RS
7811 if (_bfd_mips_elf_mach_extends_p (old_mach, new_mach))
7812 {
7813 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_MACH;
7814 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_mach;
7815 }
b49e97c9
TS
7816
7817 /* Do we need to update the ISA field? */
7818 if (new_isa > old_isa)
7819 {
7820 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ARCH;
7821 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
7822 |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH;
7823 }
7824 }
7825 }
7826 else
7827 {
7828 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7829 (_("%s: ISA mismatch (%d) with previous modules (%d)"),
7830 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd),
7831 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (new_flags),
7832 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (old_flags));
7833 ok = false;
7834 }
7835
7836 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
7837 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
7838 }
7839
7840 /* Compare ABI's. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
7841 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
7842 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
7843 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
7844 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
7845 {
7846 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
7847 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
7848 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
7849 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
7850 {
7851 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7852 (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
7853 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd),
7854 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
7855 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
7856 ok = false;
7857 }
7858 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
7859 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
7860 }
7861
fb39dac1
RS
7862 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
7863 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
7864 {
7865 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
7866
7867 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
7868 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
7869 }
7870
b49e97c9
TS
7871 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
7872 if (new_flags != old_flags)
7873 {
7874 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7875 (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
7876 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd), (unsigned long) new_flags,
7877 (unsigned long) old_flags);
7878 ok = false;
7879 }
7880
7881 if (! ok)
7882 {
7883 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7884 return false;
7885 }
7886
7887 return true;
7888}
7889
7890/* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
7891
7892boolean
7893_bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (abfd, flags)
7894 bfd *abfd;
7895 flagword flags;
7896{
7897 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
7898 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
7899
7900 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
7901 elf_flags_init (abfd) = true;
7902 return true;
7903}
7904
7905boolean
7906_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr)
7907 bfd *abfd;
7908 PTR ptr;
7909{
7910 FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
7911
7912 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
7913
7914 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
7915 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
7916
7917 /* xgettext:c-format */
7918 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
7919
7920 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
7921 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
7922 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
7923 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
7924 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
7925 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
7926 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
7927 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
7928 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
7929 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
7930 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
7931 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
7932 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
7933 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
7934 else
7935 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
7936
7937 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
7938 fprintf (file, _(" [mips1]"));
7939 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
7940 fprintf (file, _(" [mips2]"));
7941 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
7942 fprintf (file, _(" [mips3]"));
7943 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
7944 fprintf (file, _(" [mips4]"));
7945 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
7946 fprintf (file, _(" [mips5]"));
7947 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
7948 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32]"));
7949 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
7950 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64]"));
7951 else
7952 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
7953
40d32fc6
CD
7954 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
7955 fprintf (file, _(" [mdmx]"));
7956
7957 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
7958 fprintf (file, _(" [mips16]"));
7959
b49e97c9
TS
7960 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
7961 fprintf (file, _(" [32bitmode]"));
7962 else
7963 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
7964
7965 fputc ('\n', file);
7966
7967 return true;
7968}